a tla 0 bibll

147
............... A TlA 0 BIBll

Upload: others

Post on 31-Jan-2022

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: A TlA 0 BIBll

............... A TlA 0 BIBll

Page 2: A TlA 0 BIBll

Cop

ies

of:

"A

Pea

tlan

d B

ibli

ogra

phy,

C

hief

ly

With

R

efer

ence

to

the

Eco

logy

, H

ydro

logy

an

d B

ioge

oche

mis

try

of

Spha

gnum

B

ogs"

ar

e av

aila

ble

at a

pri

ce o

f $6

.50

each

. T

his

pric

e is

fa

r be

low

th

e co

st

of

prod

ucin

g th

e in

dexe

d,

146-

page

vo

lum

e of

137

0 re

fere

nces

, bu

t w

ill

help

to

defr

ay

the

expe

nses

of

pri

nti

ng

and

po

stag

e.

Che

cks

shou

ld

be

mad

e ou

t to

th

e U

nive

rsit

y of

Min

neso

ta.

Mai

l re

ques

ts

to:

Evi

lle

Gor

ham

D

ept.

of E

colo

gy

Uni

vers

ity

of M

inne

sota

31

8 C

hurc

h S

tree

t M

inne

apol

is,

MN

5545

5

Page 3: A TlA 0 BIBll

A PEATI..AND BIBLICXJRAPHY. CHIEFLY HITIi REFERENCE TO 11-IE

ECOLCXJY, HYDROLCXJY AND BICXJEOCHEHISTRY OF SPHAGNUM BCGS

by

Eville Gorham and Mary V. Santelmann Department of Ecology and Behavioral Biology

318 Church St. SE University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 55455

and Janeen E. Mc_~lister

Land Management Information Center Ninnesota State Planning Agency

7th and Robert St. Paul, MN 55101

1981-

Page 4: A TlA 0 BIBll

PREFACE

This bibliography has been prepared during the course of a five-year collaborative project by thirteen co-investigators and their associates on the ecology, hydrology, and biogeochemistry of Sphagnum bogs, and covers references ~athered through March, 1984. We are grateful for the support of tHe National Science Foundation (Grant DEB--7922142), and for the assistance of numerous colleagues who have supplied citations, biblio­graphies, and encouragement. We also thank Dr. Jan A. Janssens for the cover illustration of Sphagnum fuscum.

Although the focus of the bibliography is on the biogeochemistry, hydrology, and ecology of Sohagnum bogs, some citations to other fields of research have been included because they relate to studies of Sphagnum bogs, e.g., general papers on precipitation chemistry, reviews of litter decomposition, and articles on moss and lichen physiology. Papers on useful or promising methods have also been cited, even if they have not yet been applied to peatland ecosystems.

Some references have been omitted in order to keep the bibliography to a manageable size, other omissions are simply due to oversight. An effort has been made to include relatively recent references whose bibliographies will be of use in seeking earlier literature on a specific topic, rather than to provide complete coverage of all the articles on a given subject (particularly when one author has a number of publications on a certain topic). Except in a few instances, unpublished theses are excluded.

USE OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY

Citations can be sought in two ways. First, an index based on words and word-pairs in the titles is provided at the end of the bibliography. Second, each reference has been placed in one or more of the 27 numbered categories described on the following page. The appropriate nlmbers are spaced across the pages of the bibliography so that each numbered category always appears in the same column. Articles in a particular subject category may be found rapidly by placing a transparent ruler vertically beside the relevant numbers down each page. The thoroughness of our assignment to categories has been somewhat variable, depending on whether we have read the paper. scanned an abstract. or seen only a title. Users can readily add to the numbers for the papers known to them. We would be grateful if any errors or omissions of major importance could be called to our attention.

Page 5: A TlA 0 BIBll

Categories (referring to the numbers beneath each reference)

1. General (many different categories)

2. Classification of peats and peatlands

3. Regional ecology

4. Landforms and vegetation patterns

5. Plant communities, floristics

6. Animal communities, faunistics

7. Autecology and distribution of vascular plants

8. Autecology and distribution of bryophytes

9. Autecology and distribution of lichens

10. Autecology and distribution of algae

11. Autecology and distribution of animals

12. Environmental controls (climate, topography, soil parent material)

13. Hydrology and water relations

14. Physical properties of peats and peatlands, erosion, micrometeorolgy

15. Atmospheric deposition

16. Chemical properties of plants, peats and waters

17. Biogeochemical cycles, budgets, mass balances

18. Plant growth, biomass, productivity, trophic dynamics

19. Rate of peat accumulation

20. Decomposition

21. Microbiology, mycology

22. Stratigraphy (paleoecology, paleogeochemistry, paleoclimatology)

23. Ecological effects of fire

24. Ecological aspects of flooding, drainage, utilization, rehabilitation

25. Conservation, management

26. Methods (sampling, analysis, dating), apparatus

27. Bibliographies (including papers with extensive general or specialized reference lists)

Page 6: A TlA 0 BIBll

1. Aaby, B. 1976. Cyclic climatic variations in climate over' the past 5,500 years reflected in raised bogs. Nature 263: 281-284.

12 14 18 19 22

2. Aaby, B. 1978. Cyclic changes in climate during 5,500 years reflected in Danish raised bogs. In: Proc. Nordic Syrnpos. Climatic Changes and Related Problems. Copenhagen, April 7, ed. Kurt Freydendahl Danish Meteorological Inst., Climatological Papers Number 4, 26 p.

12 14 18 19 22

3. Aaby, B., & H. Tauber. 1975. Rates of peat formation in relation to degree of humification and local environment, as shown by studies of a raised bog in Denmark. Boreas 4:1-17.

12 19 22

4. Aaby, B., & J. Jacobsen. 1979. Changes in biotic conditions and metal deposition in the last millenium as reflected in ornbrotrophic peat in Draved Mose, Denmark. Danm. Geol. Unders., Arbog 1978, pp. 5-43.

3 15 19 22

5. Aaby, B., J. Jacobsen, & O.S. Jacobsen. 1979. Pb-210 dating and lead deposition in the ornbrotrophic peat bog, Draved Mose, Denmark. Danm. Geol. Unders., Arbog 1978, pp. 45-68.

15 18 19 22

6. Aartolahti, T. 1965. Oberflachenformen von Hochrnooren und ihre Entwicklung in Sudwest-Hame und Nord-Satakunta. Fennia 93:1-268. 3 4

7. Aartolahti, T. 1967. On dating the genesis of peat banks and hollows in the r-aised bogs of south-western Finland. C.R. Soc. Geol. Finland 39:71-86.

12 22

8. Adams, L.W., G.C. White, & T.J. Peterle. 1976. Tritium kinetics in a freshwater marsh. In: Radioecology and Ener.gy Resources, ed. C.E. Cushing, Ecol. Soc. Amer. Special Publ. No.1, Halsted Press., pp. 96-103.

13

9. Addams, R.H., & F.C. Mounce. 1931. Further notes on the nutrient requirements and the histology of the cranberry (Vaccjnium macrocarpon Ait.) with special reference to mycorrhiza. Plant Physiology 7:643-656.

16

10. Adriano, D.C. & I.L. Brisbin (eds.). 1978. Environmental Chemistry and Cycling Processes. U.S. Department of Energy. Symposium Series, CONF 60429.

16 17

11. Aiton, W. 1811. Treatise on the orlgln, qualities, and cultivation of moss-earth, with directions for converting it into manure. Wilson and Paul, Air, 357 p.

1 16

Page 7: A TlA 0 BIBll

12. Aletsee, L. 1967. Begriffliche und floristische Grundlagen zu einer pflanzengeographischen Analyse der europaischen Regenwassermoorstandorte. Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen 43:117-160.

5

13. Alexander, V., M. Billington & D.M. Schell. 1978. Nitrogen fixation in arctic and alpine tundra. In: Vegetation and Production Ecology of an Alaskan Arctic Tundra, ed. L. Tieszen, Ecological Studies 29:539-558.

17

14. Allam, A.J., G. Pitts, & J.P. Hoelis. 1972. Sulfide determination in a submerged soil with an ion-selective electrode. Soil Sci. 114:456-467.

16

15. Allington, K.R. 1961. The bogs of Central Labrador - Ungavaj an examination of their physical characteristics. Geogr. Annaler, Stockholm 43:404-417.

4

26

16. Anderson, J.R. 1964. The structure and development of the peat s~vamps of Sarawak and Brunei. J. Trop. Geogr. 18:7-16. 345

17. Andr.e, J. P., & L. Pijarowski. 1977. Cation exchange properties of Sphagnum peat: exchange between two cations and protons. J. Soil Sci. 28:573-584.

16

18. Andrejko, M.J; 1983. Origin of mineral matter and its relationship to ash content in peats. Proc. Int. Syrnp. on Peat Utilization, Bemidji, MN, eds. C. Fuchsman and S. Spigarelli, in press. Oct. 1983.

14 22 26

19. Andrejko, M.J., F. Fiene, & A.D. Cohen. 1983. The comparison of ashing techniques for the determination of inorganic content of peat.' In: Testing of Peats and Organic Soils, ASTM. STP 820, ed. P.M. Jarrett, Am. Soc. Testing and Materials, Phila., PA.

20. Andrews, N., M. Penko, M. Mattson, & D. Pratt. 1981. The Establishment of Cattails on a Northern Minnesota Peatland. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, 79 p.

18

26

21. Anonymous. 1971. Ukazaniya po raschetam stokas neosushennykh i osushennykh verkhovykh bolot (Instructions for computation of flow from reclaimed and unreclaimed raised bogs). Gidrometeoizdat, Leningrad, 84 p.

13 26

22. Anonymous. 1979. Recent publications on peatland ecology from the Soviet Union (in Russian). Bull. Int. Peat Soc., No. 10, pp. 28-31.

27

Page 8: A TlA 0 BIBll

23. Anschlitz, I. & F. Gessner. 1954. Der Ionenaustausch bei Torfmoosen (Sphagnum). Flora 14:178-236.

8 16

24. Aref'eva, A.I. 1963. Sezonnye Kolebaniya poverkhnosti sfagnovykh bolot pod vliyaniem gidrometeorologicheskikh faktorov. (Seasonal fluctuations of the surface of Sphagnum swamps under the influence of meteorological factors). Tr. Gos. Gidrol. Inst. 105:80-108. (Sov. Hydrol. 1963: 309 AabstractU).

25. Armentano, T.V. 1980. world carbon cycle.

13 14

Drainage of organic soils as a factor in the Bio-Science 30:825-830.

13 17

26. Armstrong, W. 1967. The oxidizing activity of roots in waterlogged soils. Physioi. Plant. 20:920-926.

7 13 16

27. Armstrong, W. 1967. The relationship between oxidation-reduction potentials and oxygen diffusion levels in some water-logged organic soils. J. Soil Sci. 18:27-34.

16

28. Armstrong, W. 1975. Waterlogged soils. In: Environment and Plant Ecology, ed. J.R. Etherington, Wiley, New York, pp. 181-218.

29. Armstrong, W., & D.J. Boatman. the growth of bog plants to 55:101-110.

7

16

1967. Some field observations relating conditions of soil aeration. J. Ecol.

16

30. Atwell, B.J., M.T. Veerkamp, C.E.E. Stuiver, & P.J.C. Kuiper: 1980.

31.

32.

The uptake of phosphate by Carex species from oligotrophic to eutrophic swamp habitats. Physiol. Plant. 49:487-494.

7 17

Auclair, A. 1977. a Carex meadow.

Factors affecting tissue nutrient concentration in Oecologia 28:233-246.

Auclair, A.N.D., & A.N. Rencz. distribution of nutrients in Cladina alpestris ecosystem. 947-968.

16 18

1982. Concentrations, mass and a subarctic Picea mariana,

Can. J. Forest Res. 12:

16

33. Auer, V. 1920. Uber die Entstehung der Strange auf den Torfmooren. Acta Forestalia Fennica 12(2): 1-145.

4

34. Auer, V. 1930. Peat bogs in southeastern Canada. Geol. Survey Canada Mem. 162, 32 p.

4 12 22

Page 9: A TlA 0 BIBll

35. Auer, V. 1933. Peat bogs of southeastern Canada. In: Handbuch der Moorkunde, Borntraeger, Berlin, 1:141-221.

4 12 22

36. Auer, V. 1952. Peatlands. Fennia 72:235-257. 1

37. Aulio, K. 1980. Nutrient accumulation in Spbagnum mosses. I. A multivariate summarization of the mineral element composition of 13 species from an ombrotrophic raised bog. Ann. Bot. Fennici 17: 307-314.

8 16

38. Aulio, K. 1982. Nutrient accumulation 'in Spbagnum mosses II. Intra-and interspecific variation in four species from ombrotrophic and minerotrophic habitats. Ann. Bot. Fennici 19:93-101.

8 16 17

39. Avnimelech, Y. 1971. Nitrate transformations in peat. Soil Sci. 111:113-118.

16 17 21

40. Backeus, I. 1972. Bog vegetation remapped after sixty years. Studies on Skagershultsmossen, central Sweden. Oikos 23:384-393.

5

41. Baden, W. 1976. Influences of human activity on peatlands and surrounding areas. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1:191-205.

24

42. Baden, W., & R. Eggelsmann. 1952. Ein Beitrag zur Hydrologie der Moore. Wasser und Boden 4:244-249.

13

43. Baden, W., & R. Eggelsmann. 1963. Wechselwirkung zwischen Oberflachen und Grundwasser im Moor. Int. Assoc. Hydrol. 63:469-478.

13

44. Baden, W., & R. Eggelsmann. 1963. Zur DUrchlassigkeit der Moorboden.

45.

46.

Z. Kult. Tech. 4:226-254. 14

Baden, W., & R. Eggelsmann. 1964. Der 'Vlasserkreislauf eines nordwestdeutschen Hochmoores. Verlag Wasser und Boden, Hamburg, pp. 156 (English summary).

13

Baden, \1/., & R. Egglesman. 1970. The hydrologic budget of the highbogs of the Atlantic region. Proc. 3rd Int. Peat Congr., Quebec, 1968, pp. 200-219.

13

47. Baker, J.H. 1970. Quantitative study of yeasts and bacteria in a Signy Island peat. Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 23:51-55.

21

Page 10: A TlA 0 BIBll

48. Baker-Blocker, A., T.D. Donahue, & K.H. Mancy. 1977. Methane flux from wetland areas. Tellus 29:245-250.

17

49. Balch, W.E., G.E. FOXr L.J. Magrum, C.R. Woese, & R.S. Wolfe. 1979. Methanogens: reeva uation of a unique biological group. Microbiol. Rev. 43:260-296.

21

50. Banage, W.B. 1966. Nematode distribution in some British upland moor soils with a note on nematode-parasitizing fungi. J. Anim. Ecol. 35: 349-361.

11

51. Bannatyne, B.B. 1980. Spha~num bogs in southern ~lanitoba and their identification by remote sensing. Manitoba Department of Energy and Mines, Mineral Resources DiVision, Economic Geology Report ER79-7, J,.linnipeg.

1 3 25 26

52. Bannister, P. 1964. Stomatal responses of heath plants to water deficits. J. Ecol. 52:151-158.

7 13

53. Bannister, P. 1964. The water relations of certain heath plants with reference to their ecological amplitude. I. Introduction: germination and establishment. J. Ecol. 52:423-432.

7 13

54. Bannister, P. 1964. The water relations of certain heath plants with reference to their ecological amplitude. III. Experimental Btudies: general conclusions. J. Ecol. 52:499-509.

7 13

55. Bannister, P. 1980. The non-structural carbohydrate contents of ericaceous shrubs from Scotland and Austria •. Gecol. Plant. 15: 275-292.

16

56. Bannister, P. 1981. Carbohydrate concentration of heath plants of different geographical origin. J. Ecol. 69:769-780.

16

57. Barber, K.E. 1981. Peat stratigraphy and climatic change: a paleoecological test of the theory of cyclic peat bog regeneration. A.A. Balkama, Rotterdam, 219 p.

22

58. Barber, K.E. 1981. The stratigraphy and palynology of recent ombrotrophic peat: A source for the reconstruction of agricultural and climatic change. In: Consequences of Climatic Changes, eds. C. S. Smith & M. Perry, University of Nottingham, pp. 129-134.

22

Page 11: A TlA 0 BIBll

59. Barclay-Estrup, P., & C.H. Gimingham. 1969. The description and interpretation of cyclical processes in a heath community. I. Vegetational change in relation to the Calluna cycle. J. Ecol. 57:737-758

5 7

60. Barden, L., & P.L. Berry. 1970. A model of the consolidation process in peat soils. Proc. 3rd Int. Peat Congr., Quebec, 1968, pp. 119-127.

14

61. Barel, D., & R.J. Barsdate. 1978. Phosphorus dynamics of wet coastal tundra soils near Barrow, Alaska. In: Environmental Chemistry and Cycling Processes, eds. A.C. Adriano & I. Brisbin, U.S.DOE Symposium Services, pp. 516-537.

62. Barnes, F.A. 1964. interpretation.

17

Peat erosion in the southern Pennines: problems of E. Midld. Geogr. 3:216-222.

14

63. Barry, T.H. 1976. Environment protection and the bogs of Ireland. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976. 1:17-35.

25

64. Barsdate, R.J., & V. Alexander. 1975. The nitrogen balance of arctic tundra: pathways, rates, and environmental implications. J. Envir. Qual. 4: 111-117.

65. Bartels, R., & H. Kuntze. 1973. hydraulische Leitfahigkeit von DUng., Bodenkd. 134:125-135.

13 14

17

Torfeigenschaften und unsattigte MoorbOden. Z. Pflanzenernahr.,

66. Bartlett, M.S., L.C. Brown, N.B. Hanes, & N.H. Nickerson. 1979. Denitrification in freshwater wetland soil. J. Envir. Qual. 8:460-464.

17

67. Bascomb, C.L., C.F. Banfield, & R.G.O. Burton. 1977. Characterisation of peaty materials from organic soils (histosols) in England and Hales. Geoderma 19:131-147.

14 26

68. Basile, D.V. 1975. A comparison of some macronutrient media used to culture bryophytes. Bryologist 78:401-413.

8

69. Basilier, K. 1980. Fixation and uptake of nitrogen in Sphagnllm and blue-green algal associations. Oikos 34:239-242.

16 17

70. Basilier, K., U. Granhall, & T. StenstrOm. 1978. Nitrogen fixation in wet minerotrophic moss communities of a sub-arctic mire. Oikos 31 :236-246.

17

Page 12: A TlA 0 BIBll

71. Bavina, L.G. 1967. Refinement of parameters for calculating evaporation from bogs according to observation data of bog stations. Trudy Gos. Gidrol. Inst. 145: 69-77. (In Russian). In: The Hydrology of Marshalands. ed. K.E. Ivanov, Leningrad.

13 26

72. Bay, R.R. 1958. Cutting methods affect snow accumulation and melt in black spruce stands. USDA Forest Service, Lake States Forest Exp. Stn., Tech. Note No. 523.

24

73. Bay, R.R. 1966. Evaluation of an evapotranspirometer for peat bogs. Water Resources Res. 2:437-442.

26

74. Bay, R.R. 1966. Factors influencing soil moisture relationships in undrained forested bogs. In: Forest Hydrology, eds. W.E. Supper and H.W. Lull. Pergamon Press, Oxford, pp. 335-343.

13

75. Bay, R.R. 1967. Ground water and vegetation in two peat bogs in northern Minnesota. Ecology 48:308-310.

13

76. Bay, R.R. 1968. Evaporation from two peatland watersheds. Rep. Disc. 14th Gen. Assembl., Bern, Switzerland, 1967, pp. 300-307.

13

77. Bay, R.R. 1969. Runoff from small peatland watersheds. J. Hydrol. 9:90-102.

13

78. Bay, R.R. 1970. The hydrology of several peat deposits in northern Minnesota, U.S.A. Proc. 3rd. Int. Peat. Congr., Quebec, 1968, pp. 212-218.

13

79. Bay, R.R. 1970. Water table relationships in experimental basins containing peat bogs. Int. Assoc. Sci. Hydrol. 96:360-368.

13

80. Bazilevich, N.D. 1967. The productivity and biological turnover of the moss bogs of the southern Vessiuganiya Steppe. Rastitelnie resursy 3; 567-588. (In Russian).

16 17, 18 20

81. Bel'Kevich, P.I., L.M. Rogach, & L.R. Chistova. 1973. Study of the selective properties of peat by retention of alkaline and alkaline earth metal ions. Vesci Akad. Navuk, B.S.S.R. Khim. Navuk, No. 2:35-38. (In Russian).

14 16

82. Bel'Kevich, P.L, L.M. Rogach, L.R. Chistova, & M.L Sobol. 1975. Sorption of water vapor by the forms of hydrogen and cation exchange of peat. Vesci Akad. Navuk, B.S.S.n. Khim. Navuk, 2:22-25. (In Russian) •

13 16

Page 13: A TlA 0 BIBll

105. Blackith, R.E. 1974. The ecology of Collembola in Irish blanket bogs. Proc. R. Ir. Acad., B., 74:203-226.

11

106. Blackith, R.E. 1975. Interrelationships between small arthropods and nematodes in peat. Proc. R. Ir. Acad., B., 75:531-541.

11

107. Blasco, J.A., & D.C. Jordan. 1976. Nitrogen fixation in the muskeg ecosystem of the James Bay Lowlands, Northern Ontario. Can. J. Microbiol. 22:897-907.

16 17

108. Bliss, L.C. 1958. Seed germination in Arctic and Alpine species. Arctic 11:180-188.

7

109. Bliss, L.C., & E.B. Peterson. 1973. The ecological impact of northern petroleum development. Fifth International Congress, "Arctic Oil and Gas: Problems and Possibilities". LeHavre, May 1973, 26 p.

24 25

110. Bliss, L.C., & F.E. Wielgolaski, (eds.). 1973. Primary Production and Production Processes, Tundra Biome. Proceedings of the Conference, Dublin, Ireland, April 1973.

3 18

111. Bliss, L.C., & R.\v. \vein. 1972. Plant community responses to disturbances in the western Canadian Arctic. Can. J. Bot. 50: 1097-1109. 3 5 24

112. Bliss, L.C., O.W. Heal, & J.J. Moore (eds.). 1981. Tundra Ecosystems: A Comparative Analysis. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

1 3 5 12 18

113. Block, \V.C. 1965. Distribution of soil mites (Acarina) on the Moor Hous~ National Nature Reserve, \oJestmorland, with notes on their numerical abundance. Pedobiologia 5:244-251.

11

114. Block, W.C. 1966. Seasonal fluctuations and distribution of mite populations in moorland soils, with a note on biomass. J. Anim. Ecol. 35:487-503.

11

115. Block, W.C. 1966. The distribution of soil Acarina on eroding blanket bog. Pedobiologia 6:27-34.

11

116. Block, W.C. 1967. Recovery of mites from peat and mineral soils using a new flotation method. J. Anim. Ecol. 36:323-327.

26

Page 14: A TlA 0 BIBll

117. Bloom, P.H., W.E. Elder, & J. Grava. 1983. Chemistry and mineralogy of mineral elements in Minnesota histosols. Paper given at 26th Ann. Meeting, Manitoba Soil Science Society, University of Hanitoba, January 10-11, 1983. pp. 29-43.

16

118. Bloom, P.R., & M.B. McBride. 1979. Metal ion binding and exchange with hydrogen ions in acid-washed peat. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J.: 43:687-692.

16

119. Bloomfield, C. 1969. Sulfate reduction in water logged soils. Jour.

120.

Soil Sci. 20:207-221. 16 21

Boatman, D.J. 1957. An ecological study of two areas of blanket bog on the Galway-Mayo Peninsula, Ireland. Proc. R. Ir. Acad., 59:29-42. 3

121. Boatman, D.J. 1960. The relationships of some bog communities in western Galway. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy 61:141-166.

3 5 16

122. Boatman, D.J. 1961. Vegetation and peat characteristics of blanket bogs in County Kerry. J. Ecol. 49:507-517.

123.

124.

5 16

Boatman, D.J. 1962. blanket bog peat. and magnesium. J.

7

Boatman, D. J. blanket bog 60: 469-477 •

7

1972. peats.

The growth of Schoenus njgricans on I. The response to pH and the level of potassium

Ecol. 50:823-832. 16 18

The growth of Schoenus nigr;cans L. on II. Growth on Irish and Scottish peats. J. Ecol.

125. Boatman, D.J. 1977. Observations on the growth of Sphagnum cuspjdatum in a bog pool on the Silver Flowe National Nature Reserve. J. Ecol. 65:119-126.

8 18

126. Boatman, D.J. 1983. The Silver Flowe National Nature Reserve, Galloway, Scotland. J. Biogeography 10:163-274.

1 3 4 5 8 13 16 22

127. Boatman, D.J., & J. Roberts. 1963. The amounts of certain nutrients leached from peat by various extractants. J. Ecol. 51:187-189.

16 26

128. Boatman, D.J., & P.M. Lark. 1971. Inorganic nutrition of the protonemata of Sphagnum papjllosum, ~ magellanjcum and ~ cusQidatum. New Phytol. 70:1053-1059.

8 18

Page 15: A TlA 0 BIBll

129. Boatman, D.J., & R.W. Tomlinson. 1973. structural and hydrological features bearing on pool formation. J. Ecol.

12

The Silver Flowe. I. Some of Brishie Bog, and their 61:653-666.

130. Boatman, D.J., D.A. Goode, & P.D. Hulme. 1981. The Silver Flowe III. Pattern development on Long Loch and Craigeazle mires. J. Ecol. 69:897-918.

4

131. Boatman, D. J., P. D. Hulme, & R. W. Tomlinson. 1975. Honthly determinations of the concentrations of Na, K, Mg and Ca in the rain and in pools of the Silver Flowe National Nature Reserve. J. Ecol. 63:903-912.

13 16

132. Boelter, D.H. 1964. \vater storage characteristics of several peats in situ. Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc. 28:433-435.

13 14

133. Boelter, D.H. 1964a. Laboratory techniques for measuring water storage properties of organic soils. Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc. 28:823-834.

13 14

134. Boelter, D.H. 1965. Hydraulic conductivity of peats. Soil Science 100:227-231.

135. Boelter, D.H. 1969. Physical properties of peats related to degree of decomposition. Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc. 33:606-609.

14 20

136. Boelter, D.H. 1970. Important physical properties of peat materials. Proc. 3rd Int. Peat Congr., Quebec, 1968, pp. 150-154.

13 14 26

137. Boelter, D.H. 1972. Preliminary results of water level control on small pldts in a peat bog. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congress, Otaniemi, Finland, 3:347-354

13

138. Boelter, D.H. 1972b. Water table drawdown around an open ditch in organic soils. J. Hydrol. 15:329-340.

139.

13 24

Boelter, D.H. 1974. The ecological fundamentals of forest drainage and peatland hydrology: Peatland water economy. Int. Symp. on Forest Drainage, Finland, pp. 35-46.

13 24

140. Boelter, D.H. 1974. The hydrologic characteristics of undrained organic soils in the Lake States. In: Histosols, Their Characteristics, Use, & Classification, ed. H.R. Aandahl, Soil Sci. Soc. Amer., Madison, His., pp. 33-46.

13

Page 16: A TlA 0 BIBll

141. Boelter, D.H. 1975. Methods for analyzing the hydrological characteristics of organic soils in marsh-ridden areas. In: Hydrology of Harsh-Ridden Areas, Proc. of the Minsk Syrnp., 1972, UNESCO Press, Paris, pp. 161-169.

13 14 26

142. Boelter, D.H., & E.S. Verry. 1977. Peatland and water in the northern lake states. General Technical Rept. NC-31 , U.S.D.A. Forest Service, 22 p.

13 14 16 27

143. Boelter, D.H., & G.R. Blake. 1964. Importance of volumetric expression of water contents of organic soils. Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc. 28:176-178.

14 26

144. Boggie, R. 1977. Water-table depth and oxygen content of deep peat in relation to root growth of Pinus contorta. Plant and Soil 48:447-454.

13 16 18

145. Boggie, R., R.F. Hunter, & A.H. Knight. 1958. Studies of the root development of plants in the field using radioactive tracers. J. Ecol. 46:621-639.

7 18

146. Bond, G. 1951. The fixation of nitrogen associated with the root nodules of Myrica ~ L., with special reference to its pH relation and ecological significance. Ann. Bot., N.S., 15:447-459.

17

147. Bond, G. 1952. Some features of root growth in nodulated plants of Hyrica gale L. Ann. Bot., N.S., 16:467-475.

148. Borchardt, G.A. et ale of eastern Oregon.

18

1973. Correlation of ash layers in peat bogs Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 84:3101-3108.

22

149. Borowiec, J., & S. Baran. 1976. The influence of ecological conditions on the composition and occurrence of micro elements in the low moor soils of the Lublin region. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 2:254-263

12 16

150. Boswell, J.G. 1955. The microbiology of acid soils. V. Selected sites in north England and South Scotland. New Phytol. 54:311-319.

21

151. Boswell, J.G., & J. Sheldon. 1951. The microbiology of acid soils. II. Ringinglow Bog, near Sheffield. New Phytol. 50:172-178.

21

152. Botch, H., & V. Masing 1973. List of mires of the European part of the USSR requiring conservation. Botanishekie Zhurnal 58:1184-1196. (In Russian). 3 25

Page 17: A TlA 0 BIBll

153. Botch, M., & V. tvlasing. 1979. Regionality of mire complex types in the USSR. Proc. Int. Symp. on Classification of Peat and Peatlands. Hyytiala, Finland. pp. 1-11. 3

154. Botch, M.S., & V.V. Masing. ecosystems of the USSR). 3

1979. Ekosistemy Golot SSSR. (Mire Nauka, Leningrad. 186 p. (In Russian).

155. Bovard, P., & A. Grauby. 1967. The fixation of radionuclides from atmospheric fallout in peat-bog Sphagnum spp., Polytrichum and M~riQphyllum. In: Radioecological Concentration Processes, eds. B. Aberg & F.P. Hungate. Oxford, Pergamon, pp. 533-537.

15

156. Boville, B.iV'., R.E. Munn, & F.K. Hare. Undated. The storage of non-living organic carbon in Boreal and Artic Zones-Canada. Final Report. Institute for Environmental Studies, University of Toronto. Contract No. DE-AS01-81EV-10688, Department of Energy, Hashington, DC, 89 p.

17 18 10 20

157. Bowen, H.J.M. 1979. Environmental Chemistry of the Elements. Academic Press, 333 p.

16 17

158. Bower, M.M. 1961. The distribution of erosion in blanket bog peats in the Pennines. Trans. Inst. British Geogr. 29:17-30.

14

159. Bower, M.M. 1962. The cause of erosion in blanket peat bogs: a review of evidence in the light of recent work in the Pennines. Scott. Geogr. Mag. 78:33-43.

14

160. Bradis, E.M., & T.L. Andrienlco. 1972. Bogs of the Ukrainian S.S.R. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 1:49-58. 3

161. Braekke, F. 1978. Afforestation on peatland in Norway. In: Proc. Int. Symp. of Commission III on Landscaping of Cut-over Peatlands and Soil Conservation on Cultivated Peatlands, August, 1978, Brumunddal, Norway, pp. 73-96.

25

162. Braekke, F. 1978. Ionetransport og svovelomsetning i torvmark. I. Effekt av sur nedbor pa torvmonolither med permonente grunnvannsspeil og temperaturregulering. (I. Effects of acid precipitation on peat monoliths under controlled temperature and ground water regimes). SNSF Project IR 37/78, 176.

15 16 17 26

Page 18: A TlA 0 BIBll

163. Braekke, F. 1980. Ionetransport og svovelornsetning i torvmark II. Jord-og vannkjemiske forhold: torvmarksomrader pa Sorlandet. (Ion transport and sulphur turnover in peatland. II. Soil and hydrochemical characteristics for peatland sites in South Norway). SNSF Project IR 60/80, 86 p.

13 14 15 16 17

164. Braekke, F. 1980. Sulphate dynamics in natural environments. Preliminary results from a case study. In: Ecological Impact of Acid Precipatation, eds. D. Drables and A. Tollan, Oslo-As, pp. 156-157.

17

165. Braekke, F. 1983. Water table levels at different drainage intensities on deep peat in northern Norway. Forest Ecol. Management 5:169-192.

24

166. Braekke, F.H. 1972. Varmehusholdning og mikroklima pa ulike myrtyper. (Energy balance and micro-climate on different peatland vegetation types). Meddr. Norske Skogforsves. 30:1-134.

14

167. Braekke, F.H. 1977. Growth and chemical composition of Scots Pine on nutrient-deficient peat after drainage and fertilization. Hedd. Nor. Inst. Skogforsk. 33:285-305.

18 24

168. Braekke, F.H. 1981. Boron deficiency on afforested peatlands in Norway. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA, 1980, pp. 369-375.

16

169. Braekke, F.H. 1981. Hydrochemistry in low-pH-soils of South Norway. I.) Peat and soil water quality. Medd. Nor. Ins~. Skogforsk. 36(11):1-32.

13 16 17

170. Braekke, F.H. 1981. Hydrochemistry in low-pH-soils of South Norway. 2.) Seasonal variation in some peatland sites. Medd. Nor. Inst. Skogforsk. 36(12):1-22.

171. Braekke, F.H. 1981. South Norway. 1.) characteristics.

13 16

Hydrochemistry of high altitude catchments in Effects of summer drought and soil-vegetation Medd. Nor. Inst. Skogforsk. 36(8):1-26.

12 16

172. Braekke, F.H. 1981. Hydrochemistry of high altitude catchments in South Norway. 2.) \Olater chemical gradients inside a catchment. Medd. Nor. Inst. Skogforsk. 36(9):1-39.

13 16

Page 19: A TlA 0 BIBll

173. Braekke,F.H. 1981. Hydrochemistry of high altitude catchments in South Norway. 3.) Dynamics in waterflow, and in release-fixation of sulphate, nitrate, and hydronium. Medd. Nor. Inst. Skogforsk. 36(10):1-21.

13 16 17

174. Bramryd, T. 1979. The conservation of peatlands as global carbon accumulators. Proc. Int. Symp. on Classification of Peat and Peatlands, Hyytiala, Finland. Sept., 1979, pp. 297-305.

19 25

175. Bramryd, T. balance. 9-11.

1980. The role of peatlands for the global carbon dioxide Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA, 1980, pp.

17

176. Bramryd, T. 1981. Environmental effects of heavy metals distributed from power plants. Silva Fennica 15:450-456.

15

177. Bray, J.T., O.P. Bricker, & B.N. Troup. 1973. Phosphate in interstitial waters of anoxic sediments: oxidation effects during sampling procedure. Science, 180:1362-1364.

16 26

178. Brehm, K. 1971. Ein Spha~nym-Bult als Beispiel einer naturlichen Ionenaustauschersaule. Beitr. BioI. Pflanzen 47:287-312.

16

179. Brenninkmeijer, C.A.M., B. Van Geel, & W.G. Mook. 1982. Variations in the DIH and 18-0/16-0 ratios in cellulose extracted from a peat bog core. Earth and Planetary Science Letters 61:283-290.

22

180. Brewer, R. 1967. Bird populations of bogs. Wilson Bull. 79:371-396. 11

181. Brinson, M.M. 1977. Decomposition and nutrient exchange of litter in an allu~ial swamp forest. Ecology 58:601-609.

17 20

182. Brinson, M.M., A.E. Lugo, & S. Brown. 1981. Primary productivity, decomposition and consumer activity in freshwater wetlands. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 12:123-161.

18 20

183. Brinson, M.M., H.D. Aradshaw, R.N. Holmes, & J.B. Elkins Jr. 1980. Litterfall, stemflow, and throughfall nutrient fluxes in an alluvial swamp forest. Ecology 61: 827 -835.

17 18 19 20

184. Brown, J., P.C. Miller, L. Tieszen, & F.L. Bunnell (eds.). Arctic Ecosystem: The Coastal Tundra at Barrow, Alaska. Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania, 571 p.

1 3 5 11 12 14 17 18 20 21

1980. An Dowden,

27

Page 20: A TlA 0 BIBll

185. Brown, J.L., & R.S. Farnham. 1976. The mineral content of peat and the degree of decomposition. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 2:246-253.

14 16 20

186. Brown, J.L., & R.S. Farnham. 1976. Use of peat for wastewater filtration-principles and methods. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 1:349-357.

24 25

187. Brown, J.M. 1972. Effect of clearcutting a black spruce bog on net radiation. Forest Science~18:273-277.

14 24

188. Brown, J.M. 1972. The effect of overstory removal upon surface wind in a black spruce bog. Research Note NC-137, North Central Forest Experiment Station, U.S.F.S., USDA, 2 p.

24

189. Brown, J.M. 1973. Effect of overstory removal on production of shrubs and sedge in a northern bog. J. Minn. Acad. Sci. 38:96-97.

7 18 24

190. Brown, J.M. 1976. Peat temperature regime of a Minnesota bog and the effect of canopy removal. J. Appl. Ecol. 13:189-194.

13 24

191. Brown, R.J.E. 1973. Muskeg and permafrost. Muskeg and the Northern Environment in Canada, eds. N.W. Radforth and C.L. Brawner, Univ. of Toronto Press, Toronto, 399 p.

13

192. Bryce, D. pools.

1965. Notes on some chironomidae (Diptera) from acid peat Entomologists 98:49-53.

11

193. Buell, M.F., & H.F. Buell. 1975. Moat bogs in the Itasca Park area, MN. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 102:6-9.

4 12

194. Buell, M.F., H.F. Buell, & N.A. Reiners. 1968. Radial mat growth on Cedar Creek Bog, Minnesota. Ecology 49:1198-1199.

18

195. Bulow, K. von. 1933. Handbuch der Moorkunde, 7 Vols., Borntraeger, Berlin.

1 3 56 27

196. Bunzl, K., & W. Schulz. 1980. Competitive sorption of Pb by bentonite and Sphagnum peat. Z. Pflanzenernahr Bodenkd. 143:182-193.

197.

16

Bunzl, K., W. Schmidt, & B. Sansoni. 1976. in soil organic matter IV. Adsorption and Cd/2+, Zn/2+, and Ca/2+ by peat. J. Soil

16

Kinetics of ion exchange desorption of Pb/2+, Cui 2+ , Sci. 27: 32-41.

Page 21: A TlA 0 BIBll

198. Burgeff, H. 1961. Mikrobiologie des Hochmoores. Stuttgart, Fischer, 197 p.

21

199. Burk, R.L., & M. Stuiver. 1981. Oxygen isotope ratios in trees reflect mean annual temperature and humidity. Science 211:1417-1419.

16 22

27

200. Burke, M.E., E. Gorham, & D.C. Pratt. 1974. Distribution of purple photosynthetic bacteria in wetland and woodland habitats of central and northern Minnesota. J. Bacteriol. 117:826-833.

12 21

201. Burke, W. 1963. Drainage of blanket peat at Glenamoy. Proc. 2nd Int. Peat Congr., Leningrad, USSR 1963, 2:809-817.

24

202. Burke, W. 1975. Aspects of the hydrology of blanket peat in Ireland. In: Hydrology of Marsh-Ridden Areas, Proc. of the Minsk Symp., 1972, UNESCO Press, Paris, pp. 171-182.

13

203. Burke, W. 1975. Effect of drainage on the hydrology of blanket bog.

204.

Ir. J. Agric. Res. 14:145-162.

Burkholder, P.R. pure culture.

8

13 14 25

1959. Organic nutrition of some mosses growing in Bryologist 62:6-15.

18

205. Burns, R.G. 1977. Soil enzymology. Sci. Progress 64:275-285. 26

206. Busby, J.R., L.C. Bliss, & C.D. Hamilton. 1978. Microclimate control of growth rates and habitats of the boreal forest mosses, Tomenthypnum njtens and Hylocomjum splendens. Ecol. Monogr.48:95-110.

8 12 14

207. Bysiek, M., R. Oertli, L. Salonen, & J.K. Miettinen. 1972. Combustion of peat as a source of atmospheric mercury and 137 Cs in Finland. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 5:177-184.

15 16 24

208. Cameron, J.R. 1963 Some aspects of organic terrain in Nova Scotia. Proc. Atlantic Provo Regional Seminars on Organic Terrain Problems, Nat. Res. Council Canada. Assoc. Comma on Soil & Snow Mechanics, Tech. Mem. No. 77, pp. 15-31.

23

209. Canadian Lands Directorate. 1981. Wetlands of Canada (map). Lands Directorate, Environment Canada.

2 3

Page 22: A TlA 0 BIBll

210. Casa~rande, D.J., & L.D. Erchull. 1977. Metals in plants and waters in the Okefenokee S1,.ramp and their relationshio to constituents found in coal. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 41:1391-1394.

16

211. Casa~rande, D.J., & P.H. Given. 1980. Geochemistry of amino acids in some Florida peat accumulations- II. Amino acid distributions. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 44:1493-1507.

16

212. Casa~rande, D.J., K. Gronli, & N. Sutton. 1980. The distribution of sulfur and organic matter in various fractions of peat: ori~ins of sUlfur in coal. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 44:25-32.

16

213. Casagrande. D.J., K. Siefert, C. Brschinski, & N. Sutton. 1977. Sulfur in peat forming systems of the Okefenokee SHamn and Florida Everglades: origins of sulfur in coal. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 41:161-167.

16

214. Casparie, \V.A. 1969. Bult-und Schlenkenbildung im Hochmoortorf. Vegetatio 19:146-180.

4

215. Caughey, ["l.G. 1945. Water relations of oocosin or bog shrubs. Plant Physiology 20:671-689.

7 13

216. Chamie, J.P.M., & C.J. Richardson. 1978. Decomoosition in northern wetlands. In: Freshwater Hetlands, eds. R.E. Good, D.F. \'Jhigham & R.L. Simpson, Academic Press. NY., pp. 115-130.

20

217. Chapin, F.S. III. 1979. Nutrient uptake and utilization by tundra plants. In: Comparative tvlechanisms of Cold Adaptation, eds. L.S. UnderwOOd, L.L. Tieszen. A.B. Callhan & G.E. Folk. Academic Press, NY, pp. 215-234.

16 17 18

218. Chapin. F.S. III.. & K. Van Cleve. 1978. Nitrogen and phosphorus distribution in an Alaskan tussock tundra ecosystem: Natural patterns and implications for development. In: Environmental Chemistry and Cycling Processes, eds. D.C. Adriano ~ I.L. Brisbin. U.S. D.O.E. Symp. Series, CONF 60429, pp. 738-753.

12 16 17

219. Chaoin, F.S. III., & R.A. KedroHski. 1983. Seasonal changes in nitrogen and phosphorus fractions and autumn retranslocation in evergreen and deciduous tai.g;a trees. Ecology 64:376-391.

17

220. Chapin, F.S. III., K. Van Cleve, & H.C. Chapin. 1979. Soil temperature and nutrient cycling in the tussock groHth form of Eriophorl@ va9.:inatum. J. Ecol. 67:169-189.

12 17 18

Page 23: A TlA 0 BIBll

221. Chapin, F.S. III., P.C. Miller, W.D. Billings, & P.I. Coyne. 1980. Carbon and nutrient budgets and their control in coastal tundra. In: An Arctic Ecosystem: The Coastal Tundra at Barrow, Alaska, eds. J. Brown, P.C. Miller, L.L. Tieszen, & F.L. Bunnell, Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, P.A., pp.458-482.

17

222. Chapin, F.S. III., R.J. Barsdate, & D. Barel. 1978. Phosphorus cycling in Alaskan coastal tundra: a hypothesis for the regulation of nutrient cycling. Oikos 31:189-199.

17

223. Chapman, R.R., & H.F. Hemond. 1982. Dinitrogen fixation by surface peat and Sphagnum in an ombrotrophic bog. Can. J. Bot. 60:538-543.

17 21

224. Chapman, S.B. 1964. The ecology of Coom Rigg Moss, Northumberland I.

225.

Stratigraphy and present vegetation. J. Ecol. 52:299-313. 1 3 4 5 22

Chapman, S.B. 1964. II. The chemistry system. J. Ecol.

The ecology of Coom Rigg Moss, Northumberland. of peat profiles and the development of the bog 52: 315-321.

12 16 22

226. Chapman, S.B. 1965. The ecology of Coom Rigg Moss, Northumberland. III. Some water relations of the bog system. J. Ecol. 53:371-384.

13

227. Cherrett, J.M. 1963. Notes on the seasonal occurrence of some Linyphiidae (Araneida) on the Moor House National Nature Reserve, Westmorland, with some new county records. Entomologists Mon. Mag. 24 C :152-156.

11

228. Cherrett, J.M. 1964. The distribution of spiders on the Moor House National Nature Reserve, Westmorland. J. Anim. Ecol. 33:27-48.

11

229. Chodan, J., & W. Sobieraj. 1966. The effect of various humic fractions of peat on Bacillus subtilis and Escherichia ~. Acta Microbiologica Polonica 15:267-272.

16 21

230. Choi, W.W., & K.Y. Chen. 1976. Associations of chlorinated hydrocarbons with fine particles and humic substances in nearshore surficial sediments. Environ. Sci. Technol. 10:782-786.

15 16

231. Christensen, M., & W.F. Whittingham. 1965. The soil fungi of open bogs and conifer swamps in Wisconsin. Mycologia 57:882-896.

21

Page 24: A TlA 0 BIBll

232. Christensen, N.C., R.B. Burchell, A. Liggett, & E.L. Simms. 1981. The structure and development of pocosin vegetation. In: Pocosin Wetlands, ed. C. (~cn2~dson, Hutchinson Ross Publishing Co., Stroul~burg, PA, jU'-i ~. 3 4 5 12 11.+

233. Christensen, P.J., & F.D. Cook. 1970. The microbiology of Alberta muskeg. Can. J. Soil Sci. 50:171-178.

21

234. Christman, R.F., & E.T. Gjessing (eds). 1983. Aquatic and Terrestrial Humic Haterials, Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, HI, 538 p.

16

235. Clausen, J. 1957. A phytosociological ordination of the conifer swamps of vlisconsin. Ecology 38:638-646. 3 5

236. Clausen, J.C., K.N. Brooks, & D.P. Guertin. 1981. The v./ater Resources of Peatlands: Summary of Two-Year Results. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, University of Minnesota Department of Forest Resources, 102 p.

13 25

237. Clymo, R.S. 1963. Ion exchange in Sphagnum and its relation to bog ecology. Ann. Bot., N.S., 27:309-324.

8 16

238. Clymo, R.S. 1964. The origin of acidity in SpbagmJDl bogs. Bryologist 67:427-431.

8 16

239. Clymo, R.S. 1965. Experiments on breakdown of Spbagoum in two bogs. J. Ecol. 53:747-758.

8 20

240. Clymo, R.S. 1967. Control of cation concentrations, and in particular of pH, in Spbagoum-dominated communities. In: Chemical Environment in the Aquatic Habitat, ed. H.L. Golterman & R.S. Clymo, N.V. Noord-Hollandsche Uitgevers Maatschappiji, pp. 273-284.

16 17

241. Clymo, R.S. 1970. The growth of Spbagoum: Methods of measurement. J. Ecol. 58:13-49.

8 18 26

242. Clymo, R.S. 1973. The growth of Spbagoum: Some effects of environment. J. Ecol. 61:849-869.

8 12 18

243. Clymo, R.S. 1978. A model of peat bog growth. In: Production Ecology of British Moors and Montane Grasslands, eds. O.W. Heal and D.F. Perkins, Ecological Studies 27:187-223, Springer-Verlag, NY.

18 19

Page 25: A TlA 0 BIBll

244. Clymo, R.S. 1980. Preliminary survey of the peat-bog Hummel Knowe Moss using various numerical methods. Vegetatio 42:129-148.

5 ~

245. Clymo, R.S. 1984. The limits to peat bog growth. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. B 303:605-654.

12 18 19

246. Clymo, R.S., & E.J.F. Reddaway. 1971. Productivity of Spha~num (bog-moss) and peat accumulation. Hydrobiologia 12:181-192. (also as Noor House OCC. Paper No.3).

8 18 19

247. Clymo, R.S., & E.J.F. Reddaway. 1974. Growth of Spha~num rubellum Wils. on Pennine blanket bog. J. Ecol. 62:191-196.

8 18

248. Clymo, R.S., & P.M. Hayward. 1982. The ecology of Spha~num. Ch. 8 in: Bryophyte Ecology (Chapter 8), ed. A.J.E. Smith, Chapman and Hall, London, pp. 229-289.

8

249. Codarcea, F. 1977. Some considerations on the peat formation process. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 2:90-98.

14 19

250. Cohen, A.D. 1973. Possible influences of subpeat topography and sediment type upon the development of the Okefenokee Swamp of Georgia. Southeastern Geology 15:141-151.

22

251. Cohen, A.D. 1974. Evidence of fires in the ancient Everglades and coastal swamps of southern Florida. In: Environments of South Florida, Present and Past Miami Geol. Soc. Memoir 2:213-218.

23

252. Cohen, A.D. 1974. Petrography and paleoecology of Holocene peats from the Okefenokee Swamp-Marsh complex of Georgia. Jour. Sed. Petrol. 44:716-726.

14 22

253. Cohen, A.D. 1980. A microtome sectioning procedure useful in producing precise descriptions and classifications of peats. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA, 1980, pp. 21-23.

26

254. Cohen, A.D., & W. Spackman. 1972. Methods in peat petrology and their application to reconstruction of paleoenvironments. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 83:129-142.

26

255. Cohen, A.D., & W. Spackman. 1977. Phytogenic organic sediments and sedimentary environments in the Everglades-Mangrove complex. Part II. Origin, description and classification of the peats of South Florida. Paleontographica 162B: 1-61.

2 22

Page 26: A TlA 0 BIBll

256. Cohen, A.D., & W. Spackman. 1980. Phytogenic organic sediments and sedimentary environments in the Everglades-Mangrove complex, Part III. Decomposition of plant tissues and the origin of coal macerals. Paleontographica 112B:125-149.

20

251. Cohen, A.D., D.J. Casagrande, M.J. Andrejko, & R.G. Best (eds.). 1983. Okefenokee Swamp: Its Natural History, Geology and Geochemistry, Wetland Surveys, Columbia, S.C., in press. 3 16

258. Coker, W.B., & R.N.W. Dilabio. 1919. Initial geochemical results and exploration significance of two uraniferous peat bogs, Kasmiere Lake, Manitoba. In: Current Research, Part B Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 19-1B, pp. 199-206.

16 11 24

259. Coldea, G.H., & F. Markievici. 1918. Chemical composition of three raised peat bog waters from Romania. Rev. Roum. BioI. Veg. 23:95-99.

16

260. Colinvaux, P.A. 1968. Reconnaissance and chemistry of the lakes and bogs of the Galapagos Islands. Nature 219:590-594. 3 16

261. Collins, N.J. 1916. Growth and population dynamics of the moss Polytrjchum alpestre in the maritime Antarctic. Oikos 21: 389-401 •

1 18

262. Collins, V.G., B.T. D'Sylva, & P.M. Latter. 1918. tvlicrobial populations in peat. In: Production Ecology of British Moors and Montane Grasslands, eds. O.W. Heal and D.F. Perkins, Ecological Studies 21:94-112, Springer-Verlag, NY.

21-

263. Conway, V.M. 1940. Aeration and plant growth in wet soils. Bot. Rev. 6:149-163.

16 18

264. Conway, V.M. 1948. Von Post's work on climatic rhythms. New Phytol. 41: 220-231 •

12 22

265. Conway, V.M. 1949. The bogs of central Minnesota. Ecol. Monogr. 19:113-206. 3 5

266. Conway, V.M. 1954. Stratigraphy and pollen analysis of southern Pennine blanket peats. J. Ecol. 42:111-141.

22

261. Conway, V.M., & A. Millar. 1960. The hydrology of some small peat-covered catchments in the Northern Pennines. J. Inst. Water Engineers 14:415-424.

13

Page 27: A TlA 0 BIBll

268. the testate Corbet, S.A. 1973. An illustrated introduction to rhizopods in Sphagnum, with special reference to Malham Torn, Yorkshire. Fld. Stud. 3:801-838.

11

the area around

269. Coulson, J.C. 1959. Observations on the Tipulidae Moor House National Nature Reserve, Hestmorland. Soc. Lond. 111:157-174.

(Diptera) of the Trans. R. Ent.

11

270. Coulson, J.C., & J. Butterfield. 1978. An investigation of the biotic factors determining the rates of plant decomposition on blanket bog. J. Ecol. 66:631-650.

12 19 20

271. Coulson, J.C., & J.B. \fuittaker. 1978. f::C'olo::;y of no orland animals. In: Production Ecology of British Moors ana r-lont-ane Grasslands, eds. O.W. Heal and D.F. Perkins, Ecological Studies 27:52-93, Springer-Verlag, NY.

11

272. Courtejain, J. 1959. Action de quelques milieux nutritifs sur Ie developpement de Sphagnum jnundatum Harnst. Rev. Bryol. et Lichenol. 28:218-222.

8 18

273. Courtin, G.I'1., & L.C. Bliss. 1971. A hydrostatic lysimeter to measure evapotranspiration under remote field conditions. Arctic and Alpine Res. 3:81-89.

26

274. Cowardin, L.M. 1980. United States national wetland classification with possible application to wildlife habitat. In: Proc. of a Workshop on Canadian Wetlands, eds. C.D.A. Rubec and F.C. Pollett, Env. Can. Land Dir., Ecol. Land Class. Series, No. 12, pp. 49-55.

126

275. Cowell, D.W., A.N. BOissonneau, J.K. Jeglum, G.M. \rJickware, & R.A. Sims. 198j. Hudson Bay Lowland peatland inventory. In: Proc.

Peatland Inventory Workshop, March 1982, Ottawa. Nfld. For. Res. Ctr./Land Resource Res. Inst. Publ., pp. 88-102.

3

276. Cowell, D.W., G.M. Wickware, & R.A. Sims. 1979. Ecological land classification of the Hudson Bay Lowland coastal zone, Ontario. Proc. Second Meeting Can. Comm. Ecol. Land Classification, pp. 165-172.

2

277. Cragg, J.B. 1961. Some aspects of the ecology of moorland animals. J. Ecol. 49:477-506.

11 12 18 27

278. Craigie, J.S., & W.S.G. Maass. 1966. The cation-exchanger in Sphagnum. Ann. Bot., N.S., 30:153-154.

16

Page 28: A TlA 0 BIBll

279. Crisp, D.T. 1962. moorland waters.

Some Corixidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) from bog and Trans. Soc. Br. Ent. 15:21-28. 11

280. Crisp, D.T. 1966. Input and output of minerals for an area of Pennine moorland: The importance of precipitation, drainage, peat erosion, and animals. J. Appl. Ecol. 3:327-348.

17

281. Crisp, D.T., & O.W. Heal. 1958. The Corixidae (0. Hemiptera), Gyrinidae (0. Coleoptera) and Cladocera (Subphylum Crustacea) of a bog in western Ireland. Ir. Nat. J. 12:297-304, 318-324.

11

282. Crooke, W.M., & A.H. Knight. 1962. An evaluation of published data on the mineral composition of plants in light of the cation exchange capacities of their roots. Soil Sci. 93:365-373.

16

283. Cuttle, S.P., & D.C. Malcolm. 1979. A corer for taking undisturbed peat samples. Plant and Soil 51:297-300.

26

284. Dabel, C.V., & F.P. Day Jr. 1977. Structural comparisons of four plant communities in the Great Dismal Swamp, Virginia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 104:352-360. 3 5

285. Dachnowski-Stokes, A.P. 1929. The botanical composition and morphological features of highrnoor peat profiles in Maine. Soil Sci. 27:379-388.

22

286. Dachnowski-Stokes, A.P. 1933. Peat deposits of the U.S.A. Handbuch der Moorkunde 7:1-140.

-22

287. Dagley, S. 1975. A biochemical approach to some problems of environmental pollution. In: Essays in Biochemistry, eds. P.N. Campbell, and W.N. Aldrideg, Academic Press, London, 2:88-130.

1 17 21

288. Dahl, E. 1969. Teorier ornkring myrkomplexenes dannelse. In: t'-lyrers Okologi og Hydrologi, Symposium om ~1yrer, 1\s, Norw. Comm. Int. Hydrol. Decade, Oslo, pp. 20-24. 3 13

289. Dai, T.S., & J.H. Sparling. 1973. Measurement of hydraulic conductivity of peats. Can. J. Soil Sci. 53:21-26.

26

290. Dai, T.S., V.F. Haavisto, & J.H. Sparling. 1974. Water level fluctuation in a northeastern Ontario peatland. Can. J. Forest Res. 4:76-81.

13

Page 29: A TlA 0 BIBll

291. Dam, H. van, G. Suurmond, & C.J.F. Ter Braak. 1981. Impact of acidification on diatoms and chemistry of Dutch moorland pools. Hydrobiologia 83:425-459.

10 16 22

292. Damman, A.\-J.H. 1977. Geographical changes in the vegetation pattern of raised bogs in the Bay of Fundy Region of Maine and New Brunswick. Ve~etatio 35:137-151.

3 4 5 7 8 9 10

293. Damman, A.i-I.H. 1978. Distribution and movement of elements in ombrotrophic peat boa,s. OHms 30: 480-495.

17 22

294. Damman, A.H.H. 1979. Amphi-Atlantic correlations in the Oxycocco-Sphagnetum: A critical evaluation. Documents phytosociologiques, N.S. "(Lille), ed. J.M. Gehu, 4: 187-195. 345

295. D8mman, A.VI.H. 1979. Geographic patterns in peatland develop.nent in eastern North A~erica. Proc. Int. Symp. on Classification of Peat & Peatlands, Hyytial~, Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 42-57. & P. Pakarinen.

4 5 12

296. Damman, A.i-J.H. 1980. Ecological and floristic trends in ombrotroohic peat bogs of Eastern North America. Collogues phytosociologiques (Lille), ed. J.M. Gehu, 7:61-79. 345

297. Damman, A.H.H., & J.J. Dowhan. 1981. Vep;etation and habitat condi tions in \vestern Head Bog, a southern Nova Scotian plateau bog. Can. J. Bot. 59:1343-1359.

5 13 16 22

298. Daniels, R.E. 1978. Floristic analyses of British mires and mire communities. J. Ecol. 66:773-802.

5

299. Daniels, R.E. 1979. A two-level floristic classification of British mires. Proc. Int. Symp. Classification of Peat and Peatlands, Hyytiala,-Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 68-75.

300. Daniels, R.E., M.C. Pearson, & B.E. Ryden. 1977. A thermal-electric method for measuring lateral movement of water in peat. J. Ecol. 65:839-846.

300a.

301.

D8rlington, H.C. VIest Virginia.

13 26

1943. Vegetation and substrata of Cranberry Glades, Bot. Gaz. 104:371-393.

Dansereau, P., & F. Segadas-Vianna. 1952. Ecological study of the peat bOgs of eastern North America. I. Structure and evolution of vegetation. Can. J. Bot. 30:490-520. 3 5

302. Day, F. 1982. Litter decomposition rates in the seasonally flooded Great Dismal Swamp. Ecology 63:670-678.

20

Page 30: A TlA 0 BIBll

303. !Jay, F. P. 1 \)'(9. Li Lter accumulat.ion in {our plant communi ties in t,ne Dismal Swamp, VA. Amer. I'liol. NaL. lU2:2bl-2bl).

10 19

30Lf. Day, F.P. 1903. Et'fecLs of !'looaine.; on leaf litLer uecomposition in microcosms. Oecolol:;',ia 56:1ijO-104.

20 20

30? Day, f. f. Jr., 6: C. V. DaDel. 19b'{ • Phytornass OUQi:,eLS {or t.ne Dismal Swatll,IJ ecosystem. Virg,inia Journal 01 Science 29:220-22Lt.

17 Uj

30b. Day, J.H., P.J. kennie, W. St:.aneK, 0: G.P. Raymona, (eas.) 1(J(1j. Peat:. tes ting manual. Nat. Hes. Counc. Canaaa, Ass. C<?lflla. on GeoLeCl1n. Res., Tecnn. lVlew. 125:1-193.

14 2b

30'{. Delaune, H.D., C.N. H.eaay, Oc W.H. Pat:.ricK, Jr. 1901. Oq;;amc nlaLLer aecompositlon in soil as influencea by pH ana rellox conalc.ions. SOil biol. biocnelll. '1j:~33-534.

20

300. Dennis, H..~~.G. 1959. fUl1bi or the peaL w.oors, KillaKee l·!ount:.ain, Co. Duolin, collectea oy Lne laLe f.C. Hassell. Ir. NaL. J. 13:o3-0b.

2"

::SU~. DiGeronimo, H.J., i'l. NiKauo, c.: h. Alexanaer. 'I~nij. Nost-prooaole-numoer tecnnique for t:.ne enumeraLion or aromaLic aet::,raaers in nat.ural environrnenLS. Hicroo. ECOle 4:203-C:Ob.

21 c:0

310. DiCKinson, C.H., c.: Fe boaraman. 19'{O. Physiolog,ical sLuaies ot SOllie 1unoi i501a tea from peat:.. bri Lish hycol. Soc. 'l'rans. 5?: 293-30?

21

311. DiCKinson, C.H., \lC C.H. hae;;gs. 1\)'(4. Aspects 01 Lne oecomp0:3ic.10fl of SlJha~nUm leaves in an omDropnilous [lure. New PnYLol. 73: 1249-'1257.

2u

312. DiCkinson, C.H., \lC G.J.r'. Pugh (eas.). 1~rr4, 11j'(5. Biolobyor f'lam:. Li L t:.er Decomposi Li01l, 2 vOl::.., Acaaellllc, Press, l~ Y •

20 21

313. DiCKinson, C.H., 0: M. Dooley. 1909. funbi associaLea with IriSh peat.

314.

DogS. Proc. R. Ir. Acall., b., bo:109-13~.

DiCKinson, C.H., c.: M.J. DOOley. peat. I. DescripLive ecology.

21

19b'{ • The Inicrooiol06Y 01 cUL-a,vaY PlanL ana Soil 27:1'(C:-'loo.

21 2Lt

3b. DicKil1son, C.H., o. Wallace, (;( P.H. Glven. 'I(J(4. i'licrouiolobical act.ivlty in Floriaa Everglaaes peat. l~ew f'hytol. '(3:10'/-1'13.

21

Page 31: A TlA 0 BIBll

316. Dickinson, H. 1974. The development of the raised bog complex near Rusland in the Furness district of North Lancashire. J. Ecol. 62:871-886.

22

317. Dickinson, W. 1975. Recurrence surfaces in Rusland Moss, Cumbria (formerly North Lancashire). J. Ecol. 63:913-936.

318. Dierssen, K. 1982. M~-Europas. Qd Gen~ve. 6, 382 p.

5

22

Die wichtigsten Pflanzengesellschaften der Moore des Conservatoire et Jardin Got de la Ville de

319. Dierssen, K., & B. Dierssen. 1978. The distribution of communities and community complexes of oligotrophic mire sites in western Scandinavia. Colloques phytosociologiques, Lille, VII, Sols tourbeaux pp. 95-118.

320.

3 5

Dillion, K.S., phosphates, components.

H.K. Sinha, & N.S. Randhawa. 1975. Organo-metallic V. Complexation of zinc and phosphorus by humic Plant and Soil 43:317-326.

16

321. Dionne, J.C. 1979. Radiocarbon dates on peat and tree remains from James Bay area, Subarctic Quebec. Can. J. Forest Res. 9:125-129.

22

322. Dittrich, J. 1952. Zur natUrlichen Entwasserung der Moore. \'!asser und Boden 4:286-288.

13 14

323. Dooge, J. 1975. The water balance of bogs and fens. In: Hydrology of Harsh-Ridden Areas, Proc. of the thnsk Symp., 1972, UNESCO Press, Paris, pp. 233-271.

13 14 27

324. Dooley, F., & J.A. Houghton. 1973. The nitrogen-fixing capacities and occurrence of blue-green algae in peat soils. Br. Phycol. J. 8:289-293.

10

325. Dooley, F., & J.A. Houghton. algal isolates from peat.

10

17

1973. The physiology of some blue-green Br. Phycol. J. 8:295-300.

326. Dooley, H., & C.H. Dickinson. 1970. The microbiology of cut-away peat '-1. The ~co10~y of fungi in certain habitats. Plant and Soil 32:454-467.

21 24

327. Dooley, ;'1., & C.H. Dickinson. 1971. The ecology of fungi in peat. Irish J. Agric. Res. 10:195-206.

21

Page 32: A TlA 0 BIBll

328. Dowding, P. 1975. Decay patterns and processes on the IBP site at Glenamoy, Ireland. In: Productivity of world ecosystems: Proceedings of a symposium, Seattle, 1972. International Biological Programme U.S. National Committee, pp. 128-131.

20

329. DO\..Jdinp..:, P., F.S. Chapin, 111., F.E. Hielgolaski, & P. Kilpeather. 1981. Nutrients in tundra ecosystems. In: Tundra Ecosystems: A

Comparative Analysis. eds. L.C. Bliss. O.\~. Heal fy; J.J. t·loore. Cambridge, Univ. Press. Cambridge, pP. 647-684.

16 17

330. Doyle, G.J. 1973. Primary production estimates of native blanket bog and meadow vegetation growing on reclaimed peat at Glenamoy, Ireland. In: Primary Production and Production Processes, Tundra Biome. edt L.C. Bliss & F.E. Hielgolaski, Tundra Biome Steerinp­Comm •• Edmonton & Stockholm, pp. 141-151.

18 24

331. Dragunev, S. S., & N. G. Kablova. 1975. Biochemical investigation of peat humic acids. Sov. Soil Sci. 8:339-344. (Transl. from Pochvovedeniye 5:52-57).

16

332. Drury, W.H. Jr. 1956. Bog flats and physiographic processes in the upper KuskokHim River reo:ion, Alaska. Contrib. Gray HerbariuP1, Harvard Univ., No. 178. 130 p. 3 4 5 12 27

333. DuRietz, G.E. 1949. Huvudenheter och huvudgranser i Svensk myrvegetation. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 43:274-309.

334.

2 3

DuRietz, G.E. 1950. Mire near Uppsala. (July 10), Seventh

1 3 5 8 9 10

Phytogeoo:raphical excursion to the Ryrr~ossen Guides Allb1 (July 1-5). Allb2'(July 8-9), Allb3

Int. Bot. Conr:;r., Stockholm.

335. DuRietz, G.E. 1954. Die mineralboden ~..Jasserziegera:renze als Grundlaa:e einer naturlichen Zweigliederumr, der nord und mi tteleuropaischen Moore. Vegetatio 5-6:571-585.

12 13

336. Dubbe, D.R., N.J. Andrews, & D.C. Pratt. 1982. Bioenergy production and peatland development. In: Proc. of "Peat as an Energy Alternative II". Conference, Inst. for Gas Tech., OP. 693-703.

24

337. ~lrno, S.E. 1961. Evidence regarding the rate of peat growth. J. Ecol. 49:347-351.

19

338. Duthie, H.C. 1965. A study of the distribution and periodicity of some algae in a bog pool. J. Ecol. 53:343-359.

10

Page 33: A TlA 0 BIBll

339. Duxbury, J.M., & J.H. Peverly. 1978. Nitrogen and phosphorus losses from organic soils. J. Environm. Qual. 7:566-574.

16 20 24

340. Eddy, A., D. Welch, & M. Rawes. House National Nature Reserve Vegetatio 16:239-284.

1969. The vegetation of the Moor in the northern Pennines, England.

3 5

341. Eggelsmann, R. 1960. tiberber den unterirdischen Abfluss aus Mooren. Die Wasserwirtschaft 50:149-154.

13

342. Eggelsmann, R. 1963. Die potentielle und aktuelle evaporation eines Seeklima-Hochmoores. Gen. Assembly Berkeley, Int. Assoc. Sci. Hydrol. Publ. 62:88-97.

13

343. Eggelsmann, R. 1964. Die Verdunstung der Hochmoore and deren hydrographischer Einfluss. Deutsche Gewasserkundliche Mitt. 8:138-147.

13

344. Eggelsmann, R. 1964. Zur Beziehung zwischen Grundwassergefalle und Durchlassigkeit. Mitt. Deutsch. Bodenk. Ges. 2:121-127.

13

345. Eggelsmann, R. 1971. tiber den hydrologischen Einfluss der Moore. Telma 1:37-48.

13

346. Eggelsmann, R. 1972. Physical effects of drainage in peat soils of the temperate zone and their forecasting. In: The Hydrology of Marsh-Ridden Areas, Proc. of the Minsk Symp., 1972, UNESCO Press, Paris, pp.14.

13 3 24

347. Eggelsmann, R. 1975. Physical effects of drainage in peat soils of the temperate zone and their forecasting. In: Hydrology of Marsh-Ridden Areas: Proc. of the Minsk Symp., 1972, UNESCO Press, Paris, pp. 69-76. UNESCO Press, Paris, France.

13 14 24

348. Eggelsmann, R. 1976. Peat consumption under influence of climate, soil condition and utilization. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 1:233-247.

24

349. Eggelsmann, R. 1977. Bodenhydrologie und Moorschutz. Mitt. Deutsch. Bodenk. Ges. 25:705-708.

13

350. Eggelsmann, R. 1977. Moorschutz und Hydrologie. Wasser und Boden 29:350-351.

13

Page 34: A TlA 0 BIBll

351. Eggelsmann, R. 1979. 30 Jahre Grundwasserbeobachtungen im Konigsmoor, einem seit zo Jahren "trockengelegten" Hochrnoor. Telma 9:39-52.

13

352. Eggelsmann, R. 1980. Mikroklima der Moore. In: Moor- und Torfkunde, 2nd Part, ed. K. Gottlich, Stuttgart, pp. 224-230.

14

353. Eggelsmann, R. 1980. Moorhydrologie. In: Moor- und Torfkunde, 2nd Part, ed. K. Gottlich. Stuttgart, pp. 210-224.

13

354. Eggelsmann, R. 1980. Okohydrologische Aspekte zur Erhaltung von Moorgewassern. Telma 10:173-196.

13

355. Eggelsmann, R. 1981. Hydrological aspects of peatland utilization and conservation in northwestern Germany. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA, 1980, pp. 28-30.

13 25

356. Eggelsmann, R. 1982. Anmerkungen der Berechnungsmethode der Breite hydrologischer Schutzzonen im Moor. Telma 12:183-187.

13

357. Eggelsmann, R. 1982. Maglichkeiten und Zielsetzungen fUr eine Regeneration von Hochrnooren-- hydrologisch betrachtet. Inf. Natursch. Landschaftspfl. 3:167-177.

13 25

358. Eggelsmann, R. 1982. Water management of northwestern German peatlands. Proc. Syrnp. Peatlands Below Sea Level, ILRI Publ. No. 30, Wageningen, pp. 122-129.

25

359. Eggelsmann, R., & J. Schwaar. 1979. Regeneration, recreating and renascence of peatlands in northwestern Germany. Proc. Int. Symp. on Classification of Peat and Peatlands, Hyttiala, Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 267-272.

25

360. Eggelsmann, R., & T. Makela. 1964. Einfluss von Entwasserung und landwirtschaftlicher Nutzung auf die Durchlassigkeit des Moorbodens. J. Sci. Agr. Soc. Finland 36:77-84.

361.

362.

14

Eggelsmann, R., & W. Baden. 1970. highbogs in the Atlantic region. 1968, pp. 206-211.

13

The hydrologic budget of the Proc. 3rd Int. Peat Congr. Quebec,

Egglesmann, R. Hochrnoore.

1967. Oberflachengefalle und Abflussregime der Wasser und Boden 19:247-252.

13

Page 35: A TlA 0 BIBll

363. Egglesmann, R. sandy soils. 3:371-382.

1972. The thermal constants of different high bogs and Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972,

14

364. Egglesmann, R., & H.J. Unger. 1977. Bibliographie 1952-1976. Niedersachsisches Landesamt. Bodenforsch., Ausseninst. Moorforsch. Angew. Bodenkunde, Bremen, 48 p.

365. Ekpete, D.M. 1976. Evaluation of chemical methods for the determination of available phosphorus in waterlogged soils. Soil. Sci. 121 :217 -221.

16 26

366. EI-Daoushy, F., K. Tolonen, & R. Rosenberg. 1982. Lead 210 and moss increment dating of two Finnish Sphagnum hummocks. Nature 296: 429-431.

18 19 26

367. Epstein, S., C.J. Yapp, & J.H. Hall. 1976. The determination of the D/H ratio of non-exchangeable hydrogen in cellulose extracted from aquatic and land plants. Earth and Planetary Science Letters

368.

30: 241-251.

Epstein, S., P. Thompson, & C.J. Yapp. isotopic ratio in plant cellulose.

1977. Oxygen and hydrogen Science 198:1209-1215.

26

26

369. Erman, D.C. 1973. Invertebrate movements and some diel and seasonal changes in a Sierra Nevada peatland. Oikos 24:85-93.

1 11

370. Erman, D.C. 1976. Peat depth of Sierra Nevada fens and profile changes from 1958 to 1972 in Mason Fen. Great Basin Naturalist 36:101-107.

3 14 16 22

371. Erman, P.C., & N.A. Erman. 1975. Macroinvertebrate composition and production in some Sierra Nevada minerotrophic peatlands. Ecology 56:591-603.

372.

373.

3 11 18

Erskine, A.J. wetlands.

6

1971. Bird communities in and around Cape Breton Canadian Field Naturalist 85:129-140.

Eurola, S. Moore. 235

1962. Ober die regionale Einteilung der Sudfinnischen Ann. Bot. Soc. Vanamo 33:1-243.

27

27

374. Eurola, S. 1968. Ober die Okologie der nordfinnischen Moorvegetation im Herbst, \-iinter, und FrUhling. Ann. Bot. Femmici 5:83-97. 345

Page 36: A TlA 0 BIBll

315. Eurola, S. 1971. The middle arctic mire vegetation in Spitzbergen. Acta Agralia Fennica 123:87-107.

2 5

316. Eurola, S. 1975. Snow and ground frost conditions of some Finnish mire types. Ann. Bot. Fennici 12:1-16.

13

311. Eurola, S., & E. Kaakinen. 1977. The Finnish mire classification system. Suo 28:25-32.

2

318. Eurola, S., & E. Kaakinen. 1979. Ecological criteria of peatland zonation and the Finnish mire type system. Proc. Int. Symp. on Classification of Peat and Peatlands, Hyytiala, Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 20-32.

2 3 5 12 13

319. Eurola, S., & K-D Vorren. 1980. Mire zones and sections in North Fennoscandia. Aquilo, Ser. Bot., 17:39-56.

2 3 5 12 13

380. Eurola, S., A. Huttunen, M. Huttunen, & P. Paasovaara. 1982. Kaksi rinnesuota Riisituntur in kansallispuistosta (Summary: The nature of two sloping mires in the Rusitunturin national park, Northern Finland (66 15 N, 28 35 E).). Suo 33:75-79.

2 5 12 13 22

381. Evans, W.C. 1977. Biochemistry of the bacterial catabolism of aromatic compounds in anaerobic environments. Nature 270:17-22.

17 21

382. Everett, K.R., V.D. Vassiljevskaya, J. Brown, & B.D. Walker. 1981.

383.

Tundra and analogous soils. In: Tundra Ecosystems: A Comparative Analysis. eds. L.C. Bliss, D.W. Heal & J.J. Moore, ~ambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 139-180.

12 14 16

Eydt, H.R., J. Stewart, & N.W. Radforth. of peat. Proc. 7th Muskeg Res. Conf., Assoc. Comm. Geotech. Res. No. 71, pp.

14

1961. The structural aspect Nat. Res. Coun. Canada, 12-35.

384. Fabiskewski, J. 1975. East Canadian peat bog ecosystems and the biological role of their lichens. Phytocoenosis, Warsaw 4:1-94. 3 9

385. Farmer, V.C., & R.I. Morrison. 1964. Lignin in Spha~num and Phragmites and in peats derived from these plants. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 28:1537-1546.

16

386. Farnham, R.S., & H.R. Finney. 1965. Classification and properties of organic soils. Adv. Agron. 17:115-162.

14

Page 37: A TlA 0 BIBll

387. Feige, W. 1970. Die selektive Kationen sorption von Hoor- und humosen Sandboden. Landw. Forsch. 26:141-152.

16

388. Fenton, J.H. 1980. The rate of peat accumulation in Antarctic moss banks. J. Ecol. 68:211-228.

19

389. Ferda, J., & M. Novak. 1976. The effect of ameliorative measures on the changes of the quality of surface and ground waters in peat soils. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 1:118-127.

13 16 24

390. Ferda, J., & V. Pasak. 1969. Hydrologic and Climatic Function of Czechoslovak Peat Bogs. (Czech with English summary) 358 p.

13 14 24

391. Ferguson, P., & J.A. Lee. 1978. Effects of sulphur pollutants on the growth of Spbagnum species. Envir. Poll. 16:151-162.

8 15 18

392. Ferhi, A.M., A. Long, & J.C. Lerman. 1977. Stable isotopes of oxygen in plants: a possible paleohygrometer. Hydrology & Hater Resources in Arizona and the Southwest 7:191-198.

393. Fetcher, N., & G.R. Shaver. 1983. Eriopborum vagjnatum in relation Ecol. 71:131-147.

7

Life histories of tillers of to tundra disturbance. J.

26

394. Feustel, D.C., & H.G. Byers. 1930. The physical and chemical characteristics of certain American peat profiles. USDA Tech. Bull. 214.

14 16

395. Field, E.M., & D.A. Goode. 1981. Peatland Ecology in the British Isles: k Bibliography. Inst. of Terr. Ecol. (Natural Environ. Res. Council) and Nature Conservancy Council, 179 p.

27

396. Finney, H.R., & R.S. Farnham. 1970. Mineralogy of the inorganic fraction of peat from two raised bogs in northern t4innesota. Proc. 3rd Int. Peat Congr., Quebec, 1968, pp. 102-108.

397.

398.

15 16

Firbas, F. 1931 • moorpflanzen.

7

Untersuchungen Uber den Hasserhaushalt der Hoch Pringsheims Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 74:459-696.

13

Fitzpatrick, E.A., & T. Gudmundsson. 1978. peat for the production of thin sections.

The impregnation of wet J. Soil Sci. 29:585-587.

26

Page 38: A TlA 0 BIBll

399. Flaig, W., & H. S5chtig. 1972. About the influence of phenolic peat constituents on metabolism of plants. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr. Otaniemi, 4:19-30.

7 16

400. Flanagan, P.W., & A. Scarborough. 1974. Physiological groups of decomposer fungi on tundra plant remains. In: Soil Organisms and Decomposition in Tundra. eds. A.J. Holding, O.W. Heal, S.F. MacLean, & P.W. Flanagan (eds.), Tundra Biome Steering Committee Stockholm, pp. 159-183.

20 21

401. Flanagan, P.W., & F.L. Bunnell. 1980. Microflora activities and decomposition. In: An Arctic Ecosystem: The Coastal Tundra at Barrow, Alaska, eds. J. Brown, P.C. Miller, L.L. Tieszen & F.L. Bunnell, Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA, pp. 291-344.

20 21

402. Flanagan, P.W., & S.K. Veum. 1974. Relationships between respiration, weight loss, temperature and moisture in organic residues in tundra. In: Soil Organisms and Decomposition in Tundra. eds. A.J. Holding, O.W. Heal, S.F. MacLean, & P.W. Flanagan (eds.). Tundra Biome Steering Committee, Stockholm, pp. 249-272.

20

403. Flensburg, T. 1965. Micro-vegetation of a mire. In: The Plant Cover of Sweden, Acta Phytogeographic a Suecica 50:159-160.

10

404. Flensburg, T., & J.H •. Sparling. 1973. The algal microflora of a string mire in relation to the chemical composition of water. Can. J. Bot. 51:743-749.

10 16

405. Flinn, M.A., & R.W. Wein. 1977. Depth of underground'plant organs and theoretical survival during fire. Can. J. Bot. 55:2550-2554.

5 . 23

406. Flower-Ellis, J.G.K. 1975. Growth in populations of Andromeda polifolia on a subarctic mire. In: Fennoscandian Tundra Ecosystems Part I. ed. F.E. Wielgolaski. Ecological Studies 16:129-134, Springer-Verlag, NY.

7 18

407. Flower-Ellis, J.G.K. 1980. Diurnal dry weight variation and dry matter allocation of some tundra plants. 1. Andromeda polifo1ia L. In: Ecology of a Subarctic Mire, ed. M. Sonesson, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 30:139-162.

7 18

408. Flower-Ellis, J.G.K. 1980. Diurnal dry weight variation and dry matter allocation of some tundra plants. 2. Rubus cbamaemorlJS L. In: Ecology of a Subarctic Mire, ed. M. Sonesson, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 30:763-779.

7 18

Page 39: A TlA 0 BIBll

409. Folkeson, L. 1981. Heavy metal accumulation in the moss Pleurozium schreberi in the surroundings of two peat-fired power plants in Finland. Ann. Bot. Fennici 18:245-253.

15 16

410. Forrest, G.I. 1971. Structure and production of North Pennine blanket bog vegetation J. Ecol. 59:453-479.

5 18

411. Forrest, G.I., & R.A.H. Smith 1975. The productivity of a range of blanket bog types in the northern Pennines. J. Ecol. 63:173-202.

5 18

412. Fortescue, J., & J. Terasmae. 1975. The landscape concept in muskeg research. 16th Annual Muskeg Research Conference, Oct. 7, 1975, Montreal, Quebec, 11 p.

16 17 26

413. Foster, D.R. 1984. The dynamics of Sphagnum in forest and peatland communities in Southeastern Labrador, Canada. Arctic (in press).

5

414. Foster, D.R., & G.A. King. 1984. Landscape features, vegetation and development of a patterned mire complex in southern Labrador, Canada. J. Ecol. 72:115-144.

4 12

415. Foster, D.R., G.A. King, P.H. Glaser, & H.E. Wright, Jr. 1983. Origin of string patterns in boreal peatlands. Nature 306:256-258. 3 4

416. Franciszek, M., & S. Horst. 1976. Effect of the degree of decomposition on the changes in the nitrogen fractions and phenols in low peat. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 2:306-319.

16 20

417. Frannsila, M. 1962. On the temperature conditions in a large aapa bog area in Finnish Lapland. Finnish Meteorological Office Contrib. 53:3-21.

14

418. Friedman, R.M., & C.B. DeWitt. 1979. Wetlands as carbon and nutrient reservoirs: a spatial, historical and societal perspective. In: Wetland Functions and Values, eds. P.E. Greeson, J.R. Clark, & J.E. Clark, Amer. Water Research Assoc., Minneapolis, MN, pp. 175-185.

17 19

419. Friedman, R.M., C.B. Dewitt, & T.K. Kratz. 1979. Simulating postglaCial wetland formation: A quantitative reconstruction of Waubesa Marsh. Institute for Environ. Studies Rept. No. 106, 60 p., University of Wisc., Madison, WI.

12

Page 40: A TlA 0 BIBll

420. Fuchsman, C.H. (ed.). 1981. The industrial chemical technology of peat. Proc. Int. Peat Syrnp., Bemidji, MN, October 1981, Bemidji State Univ., 613 p.

421.

16

Fuchsman, C.H., & S.A. Spigarelli (eds.). Utilization, Bemidji, MN, October 1983, press.

145 6 14 16

24

1984. Proc. Int. Symp. Peat Bemidji State Univ., in

24 26 27

422. Furr, A.K. 1979. air pollution.

8

Element content of mosses as possible indicators of Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 8:335-343.

15 16

423. Furukawa, K. 1982. Microbial degradation of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's). In: Biodegradation and Detoxification of Environmental Pollutants, ed. A.M. Chakrabarty, CRC Press Inc., Boca Raton FL, pp. 33-58.

17 21

424. Galloway, J. N. 1976. Critical factors in the collection of precipitation for chemical analysis. J. Great Lakes Res. 2 (Supplement No.1): 65-81.

26

425. Galloway, J.N., J. Cosby, J., & G.E. Likens. 1979. Acid precipitation: measurement of pH and acidity. Lirnnol. Oceanogr. 24:1161-1165.

16 26

426. Galvin, L.F. 1976. Physical properties of Irish peats. Ir. J. Agric. Res. 15:207-221.

14

427. Galvin, L.F., & E.T. Hanrahan. 1967. Steady state drainage flow in peat. National Research Council Highways Research Board, Research Rec. 203:77-90.

13 14

428. Gamble, D.S. 1972. Peat humic materials--a review of the chemistry.

429.

430.

Proc. Peat Moss in Canada Symp., Quebec, pp. 315-324. 16

Ganong, W.F. Brunswick. 3

1897. Upon raised peat bogs in the province of New Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, Sere 2:131-163.

Gardiner, J.J., & M.J. Geoghegan. upon microbial activity in peat.

1975. The influence of fertilizers Irish Forestry 32:50-57.

20 21

431. Garten, C.T. 1978. Multivariate perspectives on the ecology of plant mineral element composition. Amer. Nat. 112:533-544.

16

Page 41: A TlA 0 BIBll

432. Gates, F.C. 1942. The bogs of northern lower Michigan. Ecol. Monogr. 12:213-254. 3 5

433. Gaur, A.C. 1969. Studies on the availability of phosphate in soil as influenced by humic acid. Agrochemica, 14:62-65.

434.

435.

436.

437.

Gauthier, R. 1980. des Laurentides, Laval, 634 p. 3 8

16

La vegetation des tourbieres des Sphaignes du parc Quebec. Etudes Ecologiques 3. Quebec, Universite

, Gauthier, R., & M.M. Grandtner. 1975. Etude phytosociologique des

tourbieres de Bas Saint-Laurent, Quebec. Naturaliste Canadien 102:109-153. 3 5

Gehu, J.M. Ced.). 1980. La Vegetation des Sols Tourbeux, Lille, 1978, J. Cramer, Vaduz, 494 p. 3 5

Gersper, P.L., V. Alexander, S.A. Barkley, R.J. Barsdate & P.S. Flint. 1980. The soils and their nutrients. In: An Arctic Ecosystem: The

Coastal Tundra at Barrow, Alaska, eds. J. Brown, P.C. Miller, L.L. Tieszen & F.L. Bunnell, Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross, Stroudsburg, PA, pp. 219-254.

16 17

438. Gether, J., N. Gjos, & G. Lunde. 1976. Isolation and characterisation in precipitation of organic micropollutants associated with long-range transport in air. Research Rept. FR 8, SNSF Project, Oslo-As, Norway, pp. 12.

26

439. Gies, T., & W. Lotschert. 1973. Investigations on the cation content in a bog. Part II. Seasonal changes and influence of the Spbagnum vegetation. Flora 162:244-268.

16

440. Giesy, J.P. Jr., & L.A. Briese. 1977. Metals associated with organic carbon extracted from Okefenokee Swamp water. Chern. Geol. 20:109-120.

16 26

441. Gilba-Garber, N. 1971. Direct spectrophotometric determination of inorganic sulfide in biological materials and in other complex mixtures. Anal. Biochem. 43:129-133.

26

442. Gilman, K., & M.D. Newson. 1980. Soil pipes and pipeflow - a hydrological study in upland Wales. Br. Geomorphol. Res. Group, Res. Monogr. Geo Books, Norwich, Sere No.1, 110 pp.

13

Page 42: A TlA 0 BIBll

443. Given, P.H. 1975. Environmental organic chemistry of bogs, marshes, and swamps. Environmental Chemistry 1: 55-80, The Chemical Soc., A Specialist Periodical Report, London.

16 27

444. Given, P.H., & C.H. Dickinson. 1975. Biochemistry and microbiology of peats. In Soil Biochemistry, ed. E.A. Paul & A.D. McLaren, 3:123-211.

16 17 21

445. Glaser, P.H. 1983. Vegetation patterns in the North Black River Peatland, northern Minnesota. Can. J. Bot. 61:2085-2104.

446.

4 5

Glaser, P.H., & G.A. Wheeler. 1981. patterns in the Red Lake Peatland, Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA,

4 12

The development of surface Northern Minnesota. Proc. 6th 1980, pp. 31-35.

27

447. Glaser, P.H., G.A. Wheeler, E. Gorham, & H. E. Wright, Jr. 1981. The patterned mires of the Red Lake Peatland, northern Minnesota; vegetation, water chemistry, and land forms. J. Ecol. 69:575-599. 3 4 5 12 13 16

448. Glebov, F.Z., & L.S. Toleiko. 1975. On the biological productivity of mire forests, forest formation, and mire formation processes. Bot. Zhurn. (Leningrad) 60:1336-1347. (In Russian). 3 18

449. Glooschenko, W.A., & J.A. Capobianco. 1978. Metal content of Spba~num mosses from two northern Canadian bog ecosystems. Water Air Soil Poll. 10:215-220.

16

450. Glooschenko, W.A., R.A. Sims, M. Gregory, & T. Mayer. 1981. Use of bog vegetation as a monitor of atmospheric input or metals. In: Atmospheric Pollutants in Natural Waters, ed. S.J. Eisenreich, Ann Arbor Science, pp. 389-399.

15 16

451. Godwin, H. 1954. Recurrence surfaces. Danm. Geol. Unders., Sere 2, No. 80:22-30.

12 22

452. Godwin, H., & F. Mitchell. 1938. Stratigraphy and development of two raised bogs near Tregaron, Cardiganshire. New Phytol. 37:425-454.

22

453. Goh, K.M. 1978. The removal of contaminants improve the reliability of radiocarbon dates of peat. J. Soil Sci. 29:340-349.

22 26

454. Gomez, M.M., & F.P. Day, Jr. 1982. Litter nutrient content and production in the Great Dismal Swamp. Am. J. Bot. 69:1314-1321.

16 17 18 19 20

Page 43: A TlA 0 BIBll

455. Good, R.E., D.F. Whigham, & R.L. Simpson (eds). 1978. Freshwater Wetlands: Ecological Processes and Hanagement Press, NY., 378 p.

Potential. Academic

1 7 13 16 17 18 20 25 27

456. Goode, D.A. 1972. Criteria for selection of peatland nature reserves in Britain. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 1: 167-177.

25

457. Goode, D.A. 1973. The significance of physical hydrology in the morphological classification of mires. In: Classifications of Peat and Peatlands, Proc. Int. Peat Soc. Symp., Glasgow, 1973, pp. 67-177.

2 13

458. Goodman, D.J., & J.A. Paton. 1954. Anthocyanin in Spha~num. Trans. Br. Bryol. Soc. 2:470.

16

459. Goodman, G.T. 1963. The role of mineral nutrients in Eriophorum communities. I. The effects of added ground limestone upon growth in an Erj opborurn anlillstj folj urn community. J. Eco1. 51: 205-221 •

460. Goodman, G.T. 1968. The role of mineral nutrients in Erjopborurn communities. II. The effects of added ground limestone upon the availability and uptake of inorganic elements in an E. angustifolium community. J. Ecol. 56:545-564.

7 17

461. Goodman, G.T., & D. F. Perkins. 1959. Mineral uptake and retention in cotton grass (Eriopborurn ya~jnaturn). Nature 184:467-468.

7 17

462. Goodman, G.T., & D.F. Perkins. 1968. The role of mineral nutrients in Eriopborum yagjnatum communities. IV. Potassium supply as a limiting factor in an ~ yagjnatum community. J. Ecol. 56:685-696.

7 12 16

. 463. Goodman, G.T., & D.F. Perkins. 1968. The role of mineral nutrients in Erjopborum yaginatum communities. III. Growth response to added inorganic elements in two ~ yaginatum communities. J. Ecol. 56:667-683.

7 12 16

464. Goossens, M., & J. de Sloover. 1981. Etude taxonomique et al synecologique des especes du genre Spbagnum section subsecunda dans une tourbiere de Haute-Ardenne. Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 114:89-105.

8

465. Gorder, G.W., & E.P. Lichtenstein. 1980. Degradation of parathion in culture by microorganisms found in cranberry bogs. Can. J. Microbiol. 26:475-481.

20 21

Page 44: A TlA 0 BIBll

466. Gore, A.J.P. 1961. Factors limiting plant growth on high level blanket peat. I. Calcium and phosphate. J. Ecol. 49:399-402.

18

467. Gore, A.J.P. 1961. Factors limiting plant growth on high level blanket peat. II. Nitrogen and phosphate in the first year of growth. J. Ecol. 49:507-517.

18

468. Gore, A.J.P. 1963. Factors limiting plant growth on high-level blanket peat. III. An analysis of growth of Molinia caerulea (L). Moench. in the second year. J. Ecol. 51:481-491.

469.

7 12 18

Gore, A.J.P. peat area.

1968. The supply of six elements by rain to an upland J. Ecol. 56:483-496.

16 17

470. Gore, A.J.P. (ed.) 1982. Mires: Swamp, Bog and Moor. Part A. Analytical Studies (Ecosystems of the World Vol. 4A), Part B. Descriptive Studies (Ecoystems of the World Vol. 4B). Elsevier Press, 440 and 479 p.

1 356 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 27

471. Gore, A.J.P., & C. Urquhart. 1966. The effects of waterlogging on the growth of Molinja caerulea and Eriopborum va~inatum. J. Ecol. 54:617-633.

12 13 24

472. Gore, A.J.P., & J.S. Olson. 1967. Preliminary models for accumulation of organic matter in an ErjopborumlCalluna ecosystem. Aquilo, Sere Bot. 6:297-313.

19

473. Gore, A.J.P., & M. Godfrey. 1981. Reclamation of eroded peat in the Pennines. J. Ecol. 69:85-96.

25

474. Gore, A.J.P., & S.E. Allen. 1956. Measurement of exchangeable and total cation content for H+,Na+, K+, Mg++, Ca++ and iron, in high level blanket peat. Oikos 7:48-55.

16 17

475. Gorham, E. 1953. Chemical studies on the soils and vegetation of waterlogged habitats in the English Lake District. J. Ecol. 41:345-360.

16

476. Gorham, E. 1953. Some early ideas concerning the nature, origin and development of peatlands. J. Ecol. 41:257-273.

4 12 19 20

477. Gorham, E. 1956. On the chemical composition of some waters from the Moor House Nature Reserve. J. Ecol. 44:375-382.

16

Page 45: A TlA 0 BIBll

478. Gorham, E. 1956. The chemical composition of some bog and fen waters in the English Lake District. J. Ecol. 44:142-152.

16

479. Gorham, E. 1957. The chemical composition of lake waters in Halifax County, Nova Scotia. Limnol. Oceanogr. 2:12-21.

480. Gorham, E. 1957. 32: 145-166.

1 3

13 16

The development of peatlands. Quart. Rev. Biol.

12 16 27

481. Gorham, E. 1958. Accumulation of radioactive fallout by plants in the English Lake District. Nature 181:152-154.

15

482. Gorham, E. 1959. A comparison of lower and higher plants as accumulators of radioactive fallout. Can. J. Bot. 37:327-329.

15

483. Gorham, E. 1961. Factors influencing supply of major ions to inland waters, with special reference to the atmosphere. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 72:795-840.

16

484. Gorham, E. 1967. Some chemical aspects of wetland ecology. Tech. Mem~ Assoc. Comm. on Geotech. Res., National Research Council of Canada, No. 90, pp. 20-38.

12 16 17

485. Gorham, E. 1981. Some unsolved problems in peatland ecology. Naturaliste Canadien 109:553-541.

1

486. Gorham, E., & D.L. Tilton. 1978. The mineral content of Sphagnum fuscum as affected by human settlement. Can. J. Bot. 56:2755-2759.

15

487. Gorham, E., & J.B. Cragg. 1960. The chemical composition of some bog waters from the Falkland Islands. J. Ecol. 48:175-181.

3 16

488. Gorham, E., & R.H. Hofstetter. 1971. Penetration of bog peats and lake sediments by tritium from atmospheric fallout. Ecology 52: 898-902.

13 15 16

489. Gorham, E., & W.H. Pearsall. 1956. Acidity, specific conductivity and calcium content of some bog and fen waters in northern Britain. J. Ecol. 44:129-141.

16

490. Gorham, E., F.B. Martin, & J.T. Litzau. 1984. Acid rain: ionic interrelationships in the eastern United States, 1980-1981. Science (in press).

15

Page 46: A TlA 0 BIBll

491. Gorham, E., S.E. Bayley, & D.W. Schindler. 1984. Ecological effects of acid deposition upon peatlands: a neglected field of "acid-rain" research. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. (in press).

492.

3

Gorham, E., S.J. Eisenreich, J. Ford, & M.V. Santelmann. 1984. The chemistry of bog waters. In: Chemical Processes in Lakes, ed. W. Stumm, Wiley, NY, (in press).

16

493. Grace J., & H.W. Woolhouse. 1973. A physiological and mathematical study of the growth and productivity of a Cal Juna-Sphagmlm community. II. Light interception and photosynthesis in CalJuna. J. Appl. Ecol. 11:281-295.

18

494. Grace J., & H.W. Woolhouse. 1974. A physiological and mathematical study of a Calluna-Spha~num community. IV. A model of growing Calluna. J. Appl. Ecol. 11:281-295.

18

495. Grace, J., & H.W. Woolhouse. 1970. Physiological and mathematical study of the growth and production of a Calluna-Sphagnum community. I. Net photosynthesis of Calluna vulgaris (L.) Hull. J. Appl. Ecol. 7:363-381.

18

496. Grace, J., & H.W. Woolhouse. 1973. A physiological and mathematical study of the growth and productivity of a Calluna-Sphagnum community. III. Distribution of photosynthate in Cal Juna vulgaris (L.) Hull. J. Appl. Ecol. 10:77-91.

18

497. Grace, J., & T.C. Marks. 1978. Physiological aspects of bog production at Moor House. In: Production Ecology of British Moors and Montane Grasslands, eds. O.W. Heal and D.F. Perkins, Ecological Studies 27:38-51, Springer-Verlag, NY. .

18

498. Granhall, U., & A.V. Hofsten. 1976. Nitrogenase activity in relation to intracellular organisms in Sphagnum mosses. Physiol. Plant. 36:88-94.

8 17 21

499. Granhall, U., & H. Selander. 1973. Nitrogen fixation in a subarctic mire. Oikos 24:8-15.

16 17 18

500. Granhall, U., & V.L. Torsvik. 1975. Nitrogen fixation by bacteria and free-living blue-green algae in tundra areas. In: Fennoscandian Tundra Ecosystems, ed. F.E. Wielgolaski, Ecological Studies 16:305-316, Springer-Verlag, NY.

17

501. Granlund, E. 1932. De svenska hogmossarnas geologie Sveriges Geol. Undersokning Afh. 26:1-193. 3 4 12 13 14 22

Page 47: A TlA 0 BIBll

502. Grebenshchikova, A.A. capacity of peats).

1956. 0 vlagoemosti torfov. (On the water Pochvovedenye 9:102.

13 14

503. Green, B.H. 1968. Factors influencing the spatial and temporal distribution of Sphagnum imbricatum Hornsch. ex Russ. in the British Isles. J. Ecol. 56:47-58. 3 8 22

504. Green, B.H., & M.C. Pearson. 1968. The ecology of Wybunbury Moss, Cheshire. I. The present vegetation and some physical, chemical and historical factors controlling its nature and distribution. J. Ecol. 56:245-267.

12

505. Green, B.H., & M.C. Pearson. 1977. The ecology of Wybunbury Moss, Cheshire. II. Post-glacial history and the formation of the Cheshire mere and mire landscape. J. Ecol. 65:793-814.

22

506. Green, D.C., & D.F. Grigal. 1978. Generalized biomass estimation equations for jack pine (Pinus banksiana) Lamb. Minn. For. Res. Note 268, 4 p.

507. Greeson, P.E., J.R. Clark, & J.E. Clark, (eds.). 1979. Hetland

26

Functions and Values: The State of Our Understanding, Amer. Water Res. Assoc., Minneapolis, MN, 674 p.

1 3 13 25

508. Griffin, K.O. 1975. Vegetation stUdies and modern pollen spectra from the Red Lake Peatland, Northern Minnesota. Ecology 56:531-546. 3 4 22

509. Griffin, K.O. 1977. Paleoecological aspects of the Red Lake Peatland. Can. J. Bot. 55:172-192.

12 22

510. Griffiths,'D. 1973. The food of animals in an acid moorland pond. J. Anim. Ecol. 38:765-790.

11

511. Griffiths, D. 1973. The structure of an acid moorland pond community. J. Anim. Ecol. 42:263-283.

11

512. Grigal, D.F., & L.F. Ohmann. 1977. Biomass estimation for some shrubs from northeastern Minnesota. USDA Forest Service Res. Note, NC-226, 3·pp.

26

513. Grodzinska, K. 1977. Acidity of tree bark as a bioindicator of forest pollution in southern Poland. Water Air Soil Poll. 8:3-7.

15 16

Page 48: A TlA 0 BIBll

514. Grodzinska, K. 1978. Mosses as bioindicators of heavy metal pollution in Polish national parks. Water Air Soil Poll. 9:83-97.

15 16

515. Groet, S.S. 1976. Regional and local variation in heavy metal concentration of bryophytes in the northeastern United States. Oikos 27:445-456.

15 16

516. Grospietsch, T. 1976. Rhizopoden analytische Untersuchungen in zwei Mooren im oberbayerischen Jungmoranengebiet sudlich des Starnberger Sees. Telma 6:25-34.

6

517. Gross-Brauckmann, G. 1972. Uber pflanzliche Makrofossilien mitteleuropaischer Torfe I. Gewebereste krautiger Pflanzen und ihre Bestimmung. Telma 2:19-56.

26

518. Grosse-Brauckmann, G. 1961. Zur Terminologie organogener Sedimente. Geol. Jb. 79:117-144.

2

519. Grosselink, J.G., & R.E. Turner. 1978. The role of hydrology in freshwater wetland ecosystems. In: Freshwater Wetlands, eds. R.E. Good, D.F. Whigham & R.L. Simpson, Academic Press, NY, pp. 63-78.

13 14

520. Guthrie, T.F., & J.M. Duxbury. 1978. denitrification in organic soils.

Nitrogen mineralization and Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. 42:908-912.

17

521. Haag, R.W. 1974. Nutrient limitation to plant production in two tundra communities. Can. J. Bot. 52:103-116.

18

522. Haag, R.W., & L.C. Bliss. 1974. Functional effects of vegetation on the radiant energy budget of boreal forest. Canadian Geotechnical Journal 11:374-379.

14

523. Haavisto, V.F. 1974. Effects of heavy rainfall on redox-potential and acidity of waterlogged peat. Can. J. Soil Sci. 54:133-135.

16

524. Hackney, C.T., & A. A. De La Cruz. 1980. In situ decomposition of roots and rhizomes of two tidal marsh plants. Ecology 61:226-231.

20

525. Hadden, K.A. 1975. A pollen diagram from a post-glacial peat bog in r~nts Co., Nova Scotia. Can. J. Bot. 53:39-47.

22

526. Hafsten, U., & T. Solem. 1976. Age, orlgln and paleo-ecological evidence of blanket bogs in Nord-Trondelag, Norway. Boreas 5:119-141.

12 22

Page 49: A TlA 0 BIBll

527. Hagen, R., & M. Meyer. 1979. Vegetation analysis of the Red Lake Peatlands by remote sensing methods. Final Report to Peat Program, Minnesota DNR. Research Rept. 79-2. Remote Sensing Laboratory of the College of Fore~try and the Agricultural Experiment Station, University of Mlnnesota, St. Paul, 56 p.

4 5 25 26

528. Hakala, A. 1971. A quantitative study of the bird fauna of some open peat lands in Finland. Ornis Fennica 48:1-11. 3 6

529. Hale, W.G. 1963. The collembola of eroding blanket bog. In: Soil Organisms, ed. J. Doeksen and J. Van der Drift, Amsterdam, North Holland, pp. 406-413.

11

530. Hale, W.O. 1966. A population study of moorland Collembola. Pedobiologia 6:65-99.

11

531. Hale, W.O. 1966. The Collembola of the Moor House National Nature Reserve, Westmorland: a moorland habitat. Rev. Ecol. and BioI. Sol. 3:97-122.

532.

11

Hamelin, L.E. 1957. Les tourbi~res reticul€es du subarctique: interpretation morpho-climatique. Quebec 2:87-106.-3 4

Qu~bec-Labrador Cahiers Geogr.

533. Hammond, R.F. displays.

1974. The preservation of peat monoliths for permanent J. Soil Sci. 25:63-66.

26

534. Handa, S., & P.D. Moore. 1975. Studies in the vegetational history of Mid-Wales. IV. Pollen analyses of some pingo basins. New Phytol. 77:205-225.

1 3 4 5 ' 22

535. Hanrahan, E.T. 1954. An investigation of some physical properties of peat. Geotechnique 4:108-123.

14

536. Hanrahan, E.T. 1954. Factors affecting strength and deformation of peat. Proc. 1st Int. Peat Congr., Dublin, 1954, Sec. B-3.

14

537. Hansen, K. 1964. Studies on the regeneration of heath vegetation after burning-off. Bot. Tidsskr. 60:1-41.

7 8 9 23

538. Hanson, W.C. 1975. Studies of transuranic elements in arctic ecosystems. In: Radioecology and Energy Sources, ed. C.E. Cushing, Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross, Stroudsberg, PA, pp. 29-39.

15

Page 50: A TlA 0 BIBll

539. Harris, W.E., D. Santantonio, & D. McGinty. 1979. The dynamic belowground ecosystem. In: Forests: Fresh Perspective from Ecosystem Analysis, ed. R. Waring, pp. 119-129.

5 16 18

540. Harriss, R.C., & D.I. Sebacher. 1981. Hethane flux in forested freshwater swamps of the southeastern United States. Geophysical Research Letters, 8:1002-1004.

16 17

541. Haveraaen, O. 1967. Vekst-og naeringsstudier i et gjodslings forsok med svartgran, Picea mariana (Mill.), pa myr. (Growth and nutrient studies in a fertilizer experiment with black spruce on pea tland ) • r1eddr. Norske Skogforves. 23: 123-175.

17

542. Haveraaen, O. 1969. Skogokologiske undersokelser pa gamle groftefelt: Nord-Trondelag. (Forest ecological studies on old, drained peatland in Nord-Trondelag). Meld. Norg. Landbrhogsk. 48(1):1-89.

24

543. Haveraaen, O. 1978. Nedvasking av Kalium i torvjord. (Leaching of potassium in peat soil). Meld. Norg. Landbrhogsk. 57:(43):1-12.

13 17

544. Haveraaen, 0., & K. Steenberg. 1967. Nedvasking av naeringsstoffer i myrjord. Noen resultater ved bruk av radioaktive isotoper. (Leaching of nutrients from peat soil. Some results by using radioactive isotopes). Meld. Norg. Landbrhogsk. 46(21):1-25.

13 17

545. Hayes, A.J. 1979. The microbiology of plant litter decomposition. Sci. Prog. Oxf. 66:25-42.

20 21

546. Hayward, P.t-1., & R.S. Clyrno. 1982. Profiles of water content and pore size in Sphagnum and peat, and their relation to peat bog ecology. Proc. R. Soc. Lond., Sere B., 215:299-325.

13

547. Heal, O.W. 1961. The distribution of testate amoebae (Rhizopoda: Testacea) in some fens and bogs in northern England. Jour. Linnean. Soc. London, Zoo, 44:369-383.

11

548. Heal, O.W. 1962. The abundance and micro-distribution of testate amoebae (Rhizopoda: Testacea) in Sphagnum. Oikos 13:35-47.

11

549. Heal, O.W. 1963. Cladocera (Crustacea) from Pen nine moorland. Naturalist, Lond., pp. 47-49.

11

550. Heal, 0.\-1. 1964. Observations on the seasonal and spatial distribution of Testacea (Protozoa: Rhizopoda) in Sphagnum. J. Anim. Ecol. 33:395-412.

6

Page 51: A TlA 0 BIBll

551. Heal, o.tV. 1978. A study of the rates of decomposition of organic matter. In: Production Ecology of British Moors and Montane Grasslands, eds. O.W. Heal and D.F. Perkins, Ecological Studies 27:136-159, Springer-Verlag, NY.

20

552. Heal, O.W., & D.F. Perkins, (eds.). 1978. Production Ecology of British Moors and Montane Grasslands, Ecological Studies 27, Springer-Verlag, NY, 426 p.

553.

1 3 11 18 19 20 21 27

Heal, O.W., H.E. Jones, & J.B. Whittaker. 1975. Moor House, U.K. In: Structure and Function of Tundra Ecosystems, eds. T. Rosswall & O.W. Heal, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 20:295-320. 3

554. Heal, O.W., P.M. Latter, & G. Howson. 1978. A study of the rates of decomposition of organic matter. In: Production Ecology of British Moors and Montane Grasslands, eds. O.H. Heal and D.F. Perkins, Ecological Studies 27:136-186, Springer-Verlag, NY.

20

555. Heal, O.W., P.W. Flanagan, D.D. French, & S.F. fvIacLean, Jr. 1981. Decomposition and accumulation of organic matter in tundra. In: Tundra Ecosystems: A Comparative Analysis, eds. L.C. Bliss, O.W. Heal & J.J. Moore, Cambridge University Press, pp. 587-634.

. 20

556. Heikurainen, L. 1963. On using ground water table fluctuations for measuring evapotranspiration. Acta Forestalia Fennica 76(5):1-16.

6

557. Heikurainen, L. 1971. Virgin peatland forests in Finland. Acta Agralia Fennica 123:11-26.

3

558. Heikurainen, L., & P. Pakarinen. 1982. Peatland classification: mire vegetation and site types. Chapter 3.1. In: Peatlands and Their Utilization in Finland, ed. J. Laine, pp.14-23.

2

559. Heikurainen, L., J. Paivanen, & J. Sarasto. 1964. Ground water table and water content in peat soil. Acta Forestalia Fennica 77:5-18.

13

560. Heikurainen, L., K. Kenttamies, & J. Laine. 1978. The environmental effects of forest drainage. Suo 29(3/4):49-58

24

561. Heilman, P.E. 1968. Relationship of availability of phosphorus and cations to forest succession and bog formation in interior Alaska. Ecology 49:331-336.

12 16

562. Heinselman, M.L. 1963. Forest sites, bog processes and peatland types in the Glacial Lake Agassiz region. Ecol. Monogr. 33:327-374.

1 2 3 4 12 13 14 27

Page 52: A TlA 0 BIBll

563. Heinselman, M.L. 1965. String bogs and other patterned organic terrain near Seney, Upper Michigan. Ecology 46:185-188. 345

564. Heinselman, M.L. environment in 40: 235-261 • 345

1910. Landscape evolution, peatland types, and the the Agassiz Peatlands Natural Area. Ecol. Monogr.

12

565. Heinselman, M.L. 1915. Boreal peatlands in relation to the environment. In: Coupling of Land and Water Systems, ed. A.D. Hasler, Ecological Studies 10:93-103, Springer-Verlag, NY.

4 12

566. Hem, J.D. 1910. Study and interpretation of the chemical characteristics of natural water. Geol. Survey Water Supply Paper 1413. Second Edition. 363 p.

561. Hemond, H.F. 1980. Biogeochemistry of Thoreau's Bog, Concord, Mass. Ecol. Monogr. 50:501-526. 3 13 16 11

568. Hemond, H.F. 1983. The nitrogen budget of Thoreau's Bog. Ecology 64:99-109.

11

569. Henoch, W.E.S. 1960. String bogs in the arctic, 400 miles north of the tree line. Geogr. J. 126:335-339. 3 4

570. Henrikson, E., & B. Simu. 1911. Nitrogen fixation by lichens. Oikos 22:119-121.

9 11

571. Herms, U., & G. Bruemmer. 1918. Einfluss organischer. substanzen auf die loeslichkeit von schwermetallen. (Influence of organic matter on the solubility of heavy metals). (In German). Mitt. Dtsch. Bodenk. Gesellsch. 21:181-192.

16 11

572. Hill, F.B., V.P. Aneja, & R.M. Felder. 1918. A technique for measurement of biogenic sulfur emission fluxes. J. Envir. Sci. Health, Part A. Envir. Sci. Eng. 13:199-225.

26

573. Hobbie, J.E., & A.C. Marinucci. 1981. A flow-through percolator for measuring Spartjna decomposition. The Ecosystems Center Annual Report, Marine Biological Lab Woods Hole, pp. 9-11.

20 26

574. Hobbie, J.E., R.J. Daley, & S. Jasper. 1911. Use of nuclepore filters for counting bacteria by fluorescence microscopy. Appl. EnViron. Microbiol. 33:1225-1228.

21 26

Page 53: A TlA 0 BIBll

575. Hohenstatter, V.E. 1972. Einugewohnliches Moorprofil. Telma 2:65-72. 22

576. Holding, A.J., D.A. Franklin, & R. Watling. 1965. The microflora of peat podzol transitions. J. Soil Sci. 16:44-59.

21

577. Hooper, C.A. 1981. Microcommunities of algae on a Sphagnum mat. Holarctic Ecology 4:201-207.

8 10

578. Hooper, F.F., & L.S. Morris. 1982. Mat-vlater phosphorus exchange in an acid bog lake. Ecology 63:1411-1421.

17

579. Horikawa, Y., & H. Suzuki. 1954. Ecological observations in the Sphagna in the Oze district. Sci. Res. Ozegahara Moor, pp. 498-536, Tokyo. 358

580. Horton, D.G., D.H. Vitt, & N.G. Slack. 1979. Habitats of circ'Jl[ 'oreal-subarctic Sph::lcna: 1. A quanti'~ati ve analysis review of species in the Caribou Mtns., northern Alberta. Bot. 57:2283-2317.

and Can. J.

358

581. Horwitz, E.L. 1978. Our Nation's \AJetlands. An Interagency Task Force Report, Council on Environmental Quality, 70 p.

125

582. Hosiaisluoma, V. 1975. Muddy peat algae of Finnish raised bogs. Ann. Bot. Fennici 12:63-73.

10

583. Huikari, O. 1963. Effect of distance between drains on the water economy and surface runoff of Sphagnum bogs. Trans. 2nd Int. Peat Congr., Leningrad, USSR, 1963, 2:739-742. HMSO, Edinburgh.

13 14 25

584. Hulme, P.D., & A.W. Blyth. 1982. The annual growth period of some Spbagnum species on the Silver Flowe National Nature Reserve, southwest Scotland. J. Bryol. 12:287-291.

8 18

585. Hustich, I. 1955. Ontario, Canada. 3 5

Forest botanical notes from the Moose River Area, Acta Geogr. 13:3-50.

586. Hutten, T.J.H.M. 1980. Anaerobic techniques used in studies on methanogenesis: principles and applications. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek 46:105-112.

21

587. Ilnick, P. 1977. Moore in Polen. Telma 7:203-213. 3

26

Page 54: A TlA 0 BIBll

588. Ilomets, I. 1982. The productivity of Spba~num communities and the rate of peat accumulation in Estonian bogs. Estonian Contrib. to the Int. Biol. Progr. 9:102-116.

18 19

589. Ilomets, M. 1974. Some results of measuring the growth of Sphagnum. In: Estonian wetlands and their life, Acad. Sci. Estonian SSR, Estonian Comm. for IBP, Tallinn, pp. 191-203.

8 18

590. Ingram, H.A.P. 1967. Problems of hydrology and plant distribution in mires. J. Ecol. 55:711-724.

13

591. Ingram, H.A.P. 1978. Soil layers in mires: fUnction and terminology. J. Soil Sci. 29:224-227.

2 13 14 20

592. Ingram, H. A. P. 1982. geophysical model.

Size and shape in raised mire ecosystems: a Nature 297:300-303.

12 13 14 19 20 21

593. Ingram, H.A.P. 1983. Hydrology. In: Mires: Swamp, Bog, Fen and Moor, ed. A.J.P. Gore, Ecosystems of the \~orld, Vol. 4A, pp. 67-158.

594.

4 12 13 14 27

Ingram, H.A.P., D.W. Rycroft, & D.J.A. Williams. transmission of water through certain peats.

13 14

1974. Anomalous J. Hydrol. 22:213-218.

595. Isotalo, A. 1951. Studies on the ecology and physiology of cellulose-decomposing bacteria in raised bogs. Acta Agralia Fennica 74: 1-106.

21

596. Isoviita, P. 1970. Studies on Spba~num L. II. Synopsis of the distribution in Finland and adjacent parts of Norway and the USSR. Ann. Bot. Fennici 7:157-162.

8

597. Itow, S., & D. Weber. 1974. Fens and bogs in the Galapagos Islands. Hikobia 7:39-52.

3

598. Ivanov, K.E. 1953. Gidrologiya bolot. (Hydrology of mires). Gidrometeoizdat, Leningrad, 296 p.

2 3 4 5 7 8 12 13 14 24 25 26

599. Ivanov, K.E. 1981. Hater Movement in Mirelands. (Vodoobmen v Golotnykh landschaftakh, transl. by A. Thomson and H.A.P. Ingram), Academic Press, London, 276 p.

13 14

600. Ivarson, K.C. 1977. Changes in decomposition rate, microbial population and carbohydrate content of an acid peat bog after liming and reclamation. Can. J. Soil Sci. 57:129-137.

16 20 21 24

Page 55: A TlA 0 BIBll

601. Janssen, C.R. 1967. A floristic study of forests and bog vegetation, northwestern 11innesota. Ecology 48:751-765. 3 5

602. Janssens, J.A. 1983. A quantitative method for stratigraphic analysis of bryophytes in Holocene peat. J. Ecol. 71:189-196.

26

603. Jarrett, P.M. (ed.). 1983. Testing of Peats and Organic Soils. ASTM publication, STP820, 241 p.

26

604. Jeglum, J.K. 1971. Plant indicators of pH and water level in peatlands at Candle Lake, Saskatchewan. Can. J. Bot. 49:1661-1676. 3 5 7 16

605. Jeglum, J.K. 1972. Boreal forest wetlands near Candle Lake, central Saskatchewan. I. Vegetation. The Musk-Ox 11:41-58. 345

606. Jeglum, J.K. 1973. Boreal forest wetlands near Candle Lake, central Saskatchewan. II. Relationships of vegetational variation to major environmental factors. The Musk-Ox 12:32-48. 3 5 12

607. Jeglum, J.K. 1974. Relative influence of moisture-aeration and nutrients on vegetation and black spruce growth in northern Ontario. Can. J. Forest Res. 4:114-126.

5 13 16 18

608. Jeglum, J.K. 1975. Vegetation - habitat changes caused by damming of peatland drainageway in northern Ontario. Can. Field Nat. 89:400-412.

13 24

609. Jeglum, J.K., & D.W. Cm..rell. 1982. Wetland ecosystems near Kinoje Lakes Southern interior Hudson Bay Lowland. Naturaliste Canadien 109:621-635. 3 5

610. Jeglum, J.K., A.N. Boissonneau, & V.F. Haavisto. 1974. Toward a wetland classification for Ontario. Can. Forest Service, Sault Ste Marie, Ont., Info. Rept. O-X-215, 54 p. + appendices and figures.

2 3

611. Johansson, I. 1974. Hydrologiska undersokningar mom myrkomplexet Komosse. Rap.k.Tek. H6gsk., Sekt. Lantmaat., Inst. Kulturtek., 3(17):1-161.

13 14

612. Johansson, L.G., & S. Linder. 1975. The seasonal pattern of photosynthesis of some vascular plants on a sub-arctic mire. In: Fennoscandian Tundra Ecosystems, Part 1., ed. F. E. \helgolaski, Ecological Studies 16:194-200, Springer-Verlag, NY. 3 7 18

Page 56: A TlA 0 BIBll

637. Kalamees, K., & A. Raitviir. 1982. A list of the higher fungi of Estonian peatlands. Estonian Contrib. to the Int. Biol. Progr. 9:30-33.

5

638. Kalela, A. 1962. Notes on the forest and peatland vegetation in the Canadian Clay Belt region and adjacent areas. Commun. Inst. Forest. Fenn. 55: 1-14.

3 5

639. Kallio, P., & L. Karenlampi. 1975. Photosynthetic activity in mOSses and lichens. In: Photosynthesis and Productivity in Different Environments, ed. J.P. Cooper, Cambridge Univ. Press, pp. 393-423.

8 9 18

640. Kallio, S., & P. Kallio. 1975. Nitrogen fixation in lichens at Kevo, N. Finland. In: Fennoscandian Tundra Ecosystems, ed. F.E. Wielgolaski, Ecological Studies 16:292-304. Springer-Verlag, NY.

17

641. Kannukene, L., & M. Kask. 1982. A preliminary list of bryophytes of Estonian peatlands. Estonian Contrib. to the Int. Biol. Progr. 9:34-49.

5 8

642. ~arenlampi, L., J. Tammisola, & H. Hume. 1975. Weight increase of some lichens as related to carbon dioxide exchange and thallus moisture. In: Fennoscandian Tundra Ecosystems, Part I, ed. F.E. Wielgolaski, Ecological Studies 16:135-137. Springer-Verlag, NY.

9 12

643. Karns, D.R. 1979. The relationship of amphibians and reptiles to peatland habitats in Minnesota. Final Report to Peat Program, Hinnesota, Department of Natural Resources, 84 p.

1 6 11

644. Karsisto, Marjut. 1979. Effect of forest improvement measures on activity of organic matter decomposing microorganisms in peatlands. Part I: Effect of drainage and NKP fertilization in the spruce and pine swamps at Kwalo and Vilppula. Suo 30:49-58.

20 24

645. Karunen, P., & M. Salin. 1982. Seasonal changes in lipids of photosynthetically active and senescent parts of SpbagnUm fuscum. Lindbergia 8:35-44.

16

646. Karunen, P., H. Mikola, R. Linko, & E.K. Euranto. 1979. Lipids in Spbagnum mosses of various ages. Can. J. Bot. 57:1335-1339.

16

647. Kats, N. Ya. 1958. Distribution of bog types in frigid and temperate zones of the northern hemisphere. Soviet Soil Sci. 6:599-605. 345

Page 57: A TlA 0 BIBll

648. Kats, N. Ya. 1971. Boloto zemnogo shara. (Mires of the Terrestrial Globe). Nauka, Moscow, 295 p.

12 13

649. Katz, N.J., S.V. Katz, & E.I. Skobeeva. 1977. Atlas of Plant Remains in Peat. (In Russian). Nedra, Moscow, 372 p ••

26

650. Kaule, G., & K. Gottlich. 1976. Moortypen Mitteleuropas. In: ed. Stuttgart, pp. 1-21.

Begriffsbestirnmungen anhand der Hoor- und Torf Kunde, ed. K. Gottlieh,

2 3 4 5

651. Kaunisto, S. 1976. Aspects of nitrogen mobilization in peat. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976.2:295-305.

16

652. Kay, B.D., & J.B. Goit. 1977. Thermodynamic characterisation of water absorbed on peat. Can. J. Soil Sci. 57:497-501.

14

653. Kaye, C.A., & E.S. Barghoorn. 1964. Late Quaternary sea-level change and crustal rise at Boston, Massachusetts, with notes on the autocompaction of peat. Geol. Soc. Am. Bull. 75:63-80.

14

654. Kazda, J. 1977. Hycobacteria.

The importance of Sphagnum bogs in the ecology of Zbl. Bakt. Hyg., I. Abt. Orig. B. 165-323-334.

21

655. Kazda, J., D. Muller, & LM. Lorentz. 1970. CuI turable tvlycobacteria in Sphagnum vegetation of moors in south Sweden and coastal Norway. Acta Path. Microbiol. Scand., Sect. B., 87:97-101.

21

656. Kennedy, R.A. 1963. The relationship of maximum peat depth to some environmental factors in bogs and swamps in Naine. Maine Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. No. 620, 55 p.

12 22

657. Keppeler, G. 1920. Bestirnmung des vertorfungsgrades von Moor-und Torfproben. J. Landwirt. 68:43-70.

26

658. Kershaw, G.P., & D.G. Gill. 1979. Growth and decay of palsas and peat plateaus in the MacMillan Pass-Tsichu area, Northwest Territories, Canada. Can. J. Earth Sci. 16:1362-1374.

19 20

659. Kershaw, K.A., & W.R. Rouse. 1971. Studies on lichen-dominated systems. I. The water relations of Cladonia alpestris in spruce-lichen woodland in Northern Ontario. Can. J. Bot. 49:1389-1399.

9 13

Page 58: A TlA 0 BIBll

660. Kershaw, K.A., & W.R. Rouse. 1971. Studies on lichen-dominated systems. II. The growth pattern of Cladonia alpestris and ~ ran~iferina. Can. J. Bot. 49:1401-1410.

5 9 18

661. Kilbertus, G. 1972. Role of microorganisms in the decomposition of mosses. In: Proc. Symposium on Soil Microbiology, ed. J. Szegi, Vol. 2, Akademial Kiado, Budapest, pp. 125-127.

20 21

662. Kilham, P. 1982. The biogeochemistry of bog ecosystems and the chemical ecology of Sphagnum. Mich. Botanist. 21:159-168.

8 16 17

663. Kivekas, J., & A. Kaila. 1957. Extractable calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium in different peat types. Jour. Sci. Agr. Soc. Finland 29:41-55.

16

664. Kivinen, E. 1980. Proposal for a general classification of virgin peat. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA, 1980, pp. 52-54.

2

665. Kivinen, E., & P. Pakarinen. 1981. Geographical distribution of peat resources and major peatland complex types in the world. Annales Academiae Scientiarum Fennicae, Series A III, 132:5-28.

2 4

666. Kivinen, E., & P. Pakarinen. 1981. Peatland areas and the proportion of virgin peatlands in different countries. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, HN, USA, 1980, pp. 52-54

2 25

667. Kivinen, E., L. Heikurainen, & P. Pakarinen (eds.). 1979. Classification of peat and peatlands. Proc. Int. Symp. Hyytiala, Finland, Sept. 1979, 367 p.

1 2 3 16 18 22 24 25 27

668. Knight, A.H., R. Boggie, & H. Shepherd. 1972. The effect of ground water level on water in peat: a study using tritiated water. J. Appl. Ecol. 9:633-641.

13

669. Knight, A.J., W.M. Crooke, & R.H.E. Inkson. 1961. Cation exchange capacities of higher and lower plants and their related uronic acid contents. Nature 192:142-143.

16

670. Knollenberg, R. 1964. The distribution of string bogs in Central Canada in relation to climate. Univ. Wisconsin Dept. Meteorol., Tech. Rept. 14, 44 p. 3 4 12

671. Koenings, J.P., & F.E. Hooper. 1973. Organic phosphorus compounds of a northern Michigan bog-lake system. Mich. Academician 5:295-310.

16

Page 59: A TlA 0 BIBll

672. Koenings, J.P., & F.E. Hooper. 1976. The influence of colloidal organic matter on iron and iron-phosphorus cycling in an acid bog lake. Limnol. Oceanogr. 21:684-696.

16

673. Korhonen, J., T. Nyronen, & J. Lehtovaara. 1978. Determination of sUlfur content of peat using the lead II selective electrode. Suo 29:75-80.

16 26

674. Korpijaakko, E. 1972. Peat and its diagenesis, peat resources and their evaluation. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 5:48-54.

20

675. Korpijaakko, M., J. Haikio, & J. Laino. 1981. Vasipitoisuudan ja maatuneisuuden vaikutus turpeen kuivatilavuuspainoon. (Effect of water content and degree of humification on dry density of peat.) Suo 32:39-43.

13 14

676. Kox, E. 1954. Die durch Pilze und aerobe Bakterien veranlasste Pectin und Celluloseabbau im Hochmoor unter Berucksichtigung des Sphagnum- Abbaus. Arch. Hikrobiol. 20:111-140.

20 21

677. Krzeczkowska, I., & S. Szczipaniak. 1969. Amino acid composition of peat. II. Quantitative analysis. Chern. Abstr. 71:72755.

16

678. Kulczynski, S. 1949. Peat Bogs of Polesie. Mem. Acad. Polon. Sci., Series B, No. 15, 356 p.

1 2 3 4 5 12 13 22 27

679. Kuntze, H. 1965. Physikalische Untersuchungsmethoden fUr Moor-und Anmoorboden. Landwirtsch. Forsch. 314:178-191. (Engl. Summary).

26

680. Kuntze, H. 1974. Effects of drainage. In: Int. Symp. on Forest Drainage - Coordinators' Papers and Discussions, Jyvaskyla-Oulu. 1974. Sore For. Finland, Helsinki, pp. 111-124.

681. Kurbatov, LM. humic acids. 1: 133-137.

13 14 24 25

1968. The question of the genesis of peat and its Trans. 2nd Int. Peat Congr., Leningrad, USSR, 1963,

16

682. Kurmis, V., H.L. Hansen, J.T. Olson, & A.R. Aho. 1978. Phase II, Peat Program Forestry-Plant Communities Report, Vegetation Types, Species and Areas of Concern and Forest Resources Utilization of Northern Minnesota's Peatlands. Report to Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, 86 p.

2 3 24

Page 60: A TlA 0 BIBll

683. Kvillner, E., & M. Sonesson. 1980. Plant distribution and environment of a subarctic mire. In: Ecology of a sub-arctic mire, ed. M. Sonesson. Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 30:97-111.

5 7

684. Kuster, E. 1968. Influence of peat and peat extracts on the growth and metabolism of microorganisms. Trans. 2nd Int. Peat Congr., Leningrad, USSR, 1963, 2:945-952.

16 21

685. Kuster, E. 1969. Peat microbiology. Proc. Biochem. 4(11):47-50. 21

686. Kuster, E., & R. Locci. 1964. Studies on peat and peat microorganisms. II. Occurrence of thermophilic fungi in peat. Arch. Mikrobiol. 48:319-324.

21

687. Kuster, E., J. Rogers, & A. McLoughlin. 1968. Stimulating effect of peat extracts on microbial metabolic reactions. Proc. 3rd Int. Peat Congr., Quebec, 1968, pp. 23-27.

16 21

688. LaFlamme, R.E., &. R.A. Hites. 1978. The global distribution of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in recent sediments. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 42:289-303.

689.

15 16 17

Lambert, R.L., & W.A. Reiners. 1979. Nitrogen fixing moss associations in the subalpine zone of the Hhite Hountains, Hampshire. Arctic and Alpine Research 11:325-333.

8 16 17

New

690. Lambert, R.L., G.E. Lang, & W.A. Reiners. 1980. Loss of mass and chemical change in decaying boles of a subalpine balsam fir forest. Ecology 61:1460-1473.

17 20

691. Lane, D.M. 1977. Extent of vegetative reproduction in eleven species of Sphagnum from northern Michigan. Mich. Botanist 16:83-89.

8

692. Lane, D.M., & S. Dubois. 1981. Water analysis of habitats of Sphagnum in the coastal plain of North and South Carolina. Bryologist 84:408-413.

8 16

693. Lang, G.E., W.A. Reiners, & R.K. Heier. 1976. Potential alteration of precipitation chemistry by epiphytic lichens. Oecologia 25:229-241.

694. Lange, B. Faeros.

9 17

1963. Studies in the Spbagnum flora of Iceland and Bot. Tidsskr. 59:220-243.

8

Page 61: A TlA 0 BIBll

695. Lange, B. 1969. Scandinavia.

8

The distribution of Sphagnum in northernmost Bot. Tidsskr. 65:1-43.

696. Largin, I. 1976. Investigation of water composition of natural and cultivated peat deposits. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 4:268-278.

13

697. Largin, I., I.A. Pal'min, C.V. Nenast'yeva, & O.A. Zelenaya. 1976. Research on chemical composition and properties of water from cutaway raised peat bogs. Torf. Prom. 11:8-10.

16

698. Largin, I.F. 1972. Peat deposit structure and properties depending on peat formation conditions. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 1:421-428.

12 14

699. Largin, I.F., S.E. Priemskaya, A.N. Sventikhovskaya, & S.N. Tyuremnov. 1972. Microelements content and distribution in peat deposits. Proc.

4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 4:77-86. 16

700. Larson, J.S., & O.L. Loucks, (eds.) 1978. Workshop Report on Research Priorities for Wetland Ecosystems Analysis. A report to The National Science Foundation, Washington, D.C. by the National Wetlands Technical Council, 68 p.

1

701. Latter, P.M. 1977. Decomposition of a moorland litter, in relation to Marasmius androsaceus and soil fauna. Pedobiologia 17:418-427.

20

702. Latter, P.M., & G. Howson. 1978. Studies on the microfauna of blanket bog with particular reference to Enchytraeidae. II. Growth and survival of Co~nettja spha~netorum on various substrates. J. Anim. Ecol. 40:385-423.

11

703. Latter, P.M., J.B. Cragg, & O.W. Heal. 1967. Comparative studies on the microbiology of four moorland soils in the northern Pennines. J. Ecol. 55:445-464.

21

704. Lawry, J.D., & M.E. Hale. 1981. Retrospective study of lichen lead accumulation in the northeastern United States. Bryologist 84:449-456.

9 15 16

705. Lechowicz, M.J. 1978. Carbon dioxide exchange in Cladjna lichens from subarctic and south temperate habitats. Oecologia: 32:225-237.

9 18

Page 62: A TlA 0 BIBll

706. Lechowicz, M.J. 1982. The effects of simulated acid precipitation on photosynthesis in the caribou lichen Cladina stellaris (Opiz.) Brodo. Water Air Soil Poll. 18:421-430.

15 18

707. Lechowicz, M.J. 1983. Age-dependence of photosynthesis in the Caribou lichen, Cladina ste]laris (Opiz.) Brodo. Plant Physiology 71:893-895.

9 18

708. Lechowicz, M.J., & G.R. Shaver. 1982. A multivariate approach to the analysis of factnrial ferti '. - zation experiments in "~laskan arccic tundra. Ecolo~y 63:1029-1030.

24 26

709. Lechowicz, H.J., & 11.S. Adams. 1974. Ecology of Cladonja lichens. II. Comparative physiological ecology of ~ mjtjs, ~ ranliiferjna and ~ uncjnjaljs. Can. J. Bot. 52:411-422.

9

710. Lee, J.A., & J.H. Tallis. 1973. Regional and historical aspects of lead pollution in Britain. Nature 245:216-218.

15 22

711. Lehmicke, L.G., R.T. Williams, & R.L. Crawford. 1979. 14/C-most-probable-number method for enumeration of active heterotrophic microorganisms in natural waters. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 38:644-649.

21 26

712. Leick, E. 1929. Zur Frage der Wasserbilanz von Hochmooren. Mitt. Naturwiss. Ver. Neu-Vorpommern, 52/56:146-174.

13

713. Leisman, G.A. 1953. The rate of organic matter accumulation on the sedge mat zones of bogs in the Itasca State Park region of Minnesota. Ecology 34:81-101.

19

714. Leisman, G.A. 1957. Further data on the rate of organic matter accumulation in bogs. Ecology 38:361.

19

715. Lems, K. 1956. Ecological study of the peat bogs of eastern North America. III. Notes on the behavior of Chamaedapbne calyculata. Can. J. Bot. 34:197-206.

7

716. Leonard, A.B. 1974. Chronology and molluscan paleontology of two post-Woodfordian bogs in northeastern Illinois. III State Geol. Survey Circ. 1-28.

22

717. Leverin, H.A. 1942. Peat moss deposits in eastern Canada. Canada Dept. Mines & Resources, Mem. Series No. 81.

22

Page 63: A TlA 0 BIBll

718. Leverin, H.A. 1946. Peat Deposits in Canada. Can. Dept. Mines Rept. No. 817.

22

719. Leverin, H.A., & J.R. Cameron. 1949. Peat and peat mosses in Nova Scotia. Nova Scotia Dept. Mines Rept, pp. 30-35.

22

720. Levesque, M., F. Jacquin, & A. Polo. 1980. Comparative biodegradability of a Sphagnum and sedge peat from France. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, HN, USA, 1980, pp. 584-590.

19

721. Levesque, M., H. Morita, H. Schnitzer, & S.P. Hathur. 1980. The physical, chemical and morphological features of some Quebec and Ontario peats. Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Chern. & BioI. Research Inst. Contrib. No. 1155, 70 p. 3 4 14 16

722. Levesque, M.P., & S.P. Mathur. 1979. A comparison of various means of measuring the degree of decomposition of virgin peat materials in the context of their relative biodegradability. Can. J. Soil Sci. 59:397-400.

20 26

723. Lewis, F.J., & E.S. Dowding. 1926. The vegetation and retrogressive changes of peat areas (muskegs) in central Alberta. J. Ecol.

724.

14 : 317-341 • 1 5

Lewis, F.J., E.S. Dowding, & E.H. Moss. Alberta. II. The swamp, moor and bog Alberta. J. Ecol. 16:19-70.

1 3 5 12

1928. The vegetation of forest vegetation of central

725. Likens, G.E., & J.S. Eaton. 1970. A polyurethane stem-flow collector for trees and shrubs. Ecology 51:938-939.

26

726. Linacre, E. 1976. Swamps. In: Vegetation and the Atmosphere. ed. J.L. Monteith, Academic Press, NY, pp. 329-347.

13

727. Lindholm, T. 1979. Annual height growth of some hummock mosses in southern Harne. Suo 30:13-16. (In Finnish, English Summary).

3 8 18

728. Lindholm, T. 1980. Dynamics of the height growth of the hummock dwarf shrubs Empetrum nigrum L. and Calluna vulgaris (L.) Hull on a raised bog. Ann. Bot. Fennici 17:343-356.

7 18

729. Lindholm, T. 1981. Growth rhythm of Sphagnum fuscum (Schimp.) Klinggr. in the Laaviosuo Bog, southern Finland. Suo 32:115-118. (In Finnish, English Summary).

8 18

Page 64: A TlA 0 BIBll

730. Lindholm, T. 1982. Growth dynamics and the effect of frost in Andromeda polifolia on a raised bog. Ann. Bot. Fennici 19:193-201.

7

731. Lindholm, T., & H. Vasander. 1981. The effect of summer frost damage on the growth and production of some raised bog dwarf shrubs. Ann. Bot. Fennici 18:155-167.

7 18

732. Lindsay, J.D., & W. Odynsky. 1965. Pernlafrost in organic soils of northern Alberta. Can. J. Soil Sci. 45:265-269.

13

733. Linkins, A.E., & J.L. Neal. 1982. Soil cellulose chitinase and protease activity in Eriophorum yaginatum tussock tundra at Eagle Summit, Alaska. Holarctic Ecology 5:135-138.

20

734. Lishtvan, 1.1., & I.G. Tanovitsky. 1979 Actual problems pertaining to efficient use and protection of peat deposits. Proc. Int. Symp. on Classification of Peat & Peatlands, Hyytiala, Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 318-328.

735. Livett, E.A., J.A. Lee, & J.H. Tallis. analyses of British blanket peats.

15 16

1979. Lead, zinc, and copper J. Ecol. 67:865-891.

736. Loach, K. 1968. Relations between soil nutrients and vegetation in wet-heaths. II. Nutrient uptake by the major species in the field and in controlled conditions. J. Ecol. 56:117-127.

7 17

737. Longton, R.E. 1972. Growth and production in northern. and southern hemisphere populations of the peat-forming moss Polytricbum alpestre with reference to the estimation of productivity. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr.,Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 1:259-275.

8 18

738. Longton, R.E., & S.W. Greene. 1969. The growth and reproduction cycle of Pleurozium scbreberi (Brid.) Mitt. Ann. Bot., N.S., 33:83-105.

8 18

739. Lovell, H.B., & J.H. Lovell. 1939. Pollination of the Ericaceae. IV. Ledum and Pyrola. Rhodora 38:90-91.

7

740. Lucas, R.E., & J.F. Davis. 1961. Relationships between pH values of organic soils and availabilities of 12 plant nutrients. Soil Sci. 92:177-182.

16 17

Page 65: A TlA 0 BIBll

741. Lunde, G., J. Gether, N. Gjos, & M-B. Stobet Lande. 1977. Organic micropollutants in precipitation in Norway. Atmos. Envir. 11: 1007-1014.

15

742. Lundquvist, G. 1951. Beskrivning till jordarskarta over Kopparbergs Lan. Sver. Geol. Undersokn., Sere Ca, No. 21, 213 p.

743.

3 4 5 22

1974. Field laboratory In: Histosols, Their

Lynn, W.C., W.E. McKenzie, & R.B. Grossman. tests for characterisation of histosols. Characteristics, Classification and Use, Soc. Amer., Spec. Publ. Sere 6:11-20.

ed. H. Aandahl. Soil Sci.

26

744. Lahde, E. 1967. Vertical distribution of biological activity in peat of some virgin and drained swamp types. Acta Forestalia Fennica 81:1-15.

20 24

745. Lahde, E. 1969. Biological activity in some natural and drained peat soils with special reference to oxidation/reduction conditions. Acta Forestalia Fennica 94:1-69.

13 16 20 24

746. Lahde, E. 1970. On the usability of the silver rod method in indicating anaerobic conditions of peat soils in different parts of Finland. Suo 21:39-43.

26

747. Lahde, E. 1971. On anaerobic conditions in various peat soils and the significance of the aerobic limit as an indicator of site quality. Silva Fennica 5:36-48.

16 18 24

748. Lahde, E. 1972. Seasonal variation in the depth of the aerobic limit and the ground water table in virgin and drained Myrtj]lJ]s~Spruce swamp. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 3:355-369.

12 13 16 20 24

749. Lotschert, W., & T. Gies. 1973. Investigations on the cation content in a bog. Part I. Differences in the vegetation complexes. Flora 162(3):215-243.

750.

751.

16

Maas, W.S.G., & J.S. Craigie. 1964. Examination of some soluble constituents of Spba~num gametophytes. Can. J. Bot. 42:805-813.

16

MacFarlane, I.C. 1959. A review of the engineering characteristics of peat. J. Soil Mechanics & Foundations Div., Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Engineers, pp. 21-35.

14 27

Page 66: A TlA 0 BIBll

752. HacFarlane, I.C. 1965. The consolidation of peat: a literature review. Nat. Res. Council Canada, Div. Bldg. Res., Tech Paper No. 195, 36 p.

14 27

753. MacLean, S.F. Jr. 1980. The detritus based trophic system. In: An Arctic Ecosystem: The Coastal Tundra at Barrow, Alaska, eds. J. Brown, P.C. Miller, L.L. Tieszen & F.L. Bunnell, Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross, Stroudsburg, PA, pp. 411-457.

754• Mace, A.C., & E.R. Berglund. 1976. spruce and Sphagnum - sedge bogs. 6:247-252.

14

20

Diurnal albedo variation of black Can. J. Forest Res.

755. Haciak, F. 1980. Relationship between the transformation of peat soils and their susceptibility to nitrogen mineralization. In: Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA, 1980, pp. 607-615.

17

756. Mackenzie, A.F., & J.E. Dawson. 1961. The preparation and study of thin sections of wet organic soil materials. J. Soil Sci. 12:142-144.

26

757. Mackenzie, A.F., & J.E. Dawson. 1962. A study of organic soil horizons using electrophoretic techniques. J. Soil Sci. 13:160-166.

26

758.

759.

760.

761.

762.

763.

Mackenzie, F.T., M. Stoffyn, & R. Wollast. 1978. Changing atmospheric fallout of magnetic particles recorded in recent ombrotrophic peat sections. Science 199:679-682.

15 22

Mackie, D.W. 1972. Spiders and harvestmen of a Cheshire moss. Naturalist, Hull, pp. 107-110.

11

Maclaurin, A.M. 1974. Butterflies and moths from Flanders Moss. Glasgow Nat. 19:85-90.

11

Madgwick, H.A.I., & T. Satoo. 1975. On estimating the above ground weights of tree stands. Ecology 56:1446-1450.

Madsen, P.P. 1981. Peat bog records of atmospheric mercury deposition. Nature 293:127-130.

15 16

26

Maki, J.S., & C.C. Remsen. 1980. Comparison of two direct-count methods for determining metabolizing bacteria in freshwater. Appl. Environ. Hicrobiol. 41: 1132-1138.

21 26

Page 67: A TlA 0 BIBll

764. Makinen, A. 1977. Moss and peat-bags in air pollution monitoring. Suo 28:79-88. (in Finnish).

15 26

765. Mal ins-Smith, A. 1942. The algae of Miles Rough Bog, Bradford. J. Ecol. 30:341-356.

10

766. MaImer, N. 1958. Notes on the relation between the chemical composition of mire plants and peat. Bot. Notiser 111:274-288. Lund.

16 17

767. MaImer, N. 1962. Studies on mire vegetation in the Archaean area of Southwestern Gotaland (south Sweden). II. Distribution and seasonal variation in elementary constituents on some mire sites. Opera Bot. 7(2):1-67. Lund. 3 5

768. MaImer, N. 1962. Studies on mire vegetation in the Archaean area of southwestern Gotaland (south Sweden). I. Vegetation and habitat conditions on the Akhult mire. Opera Bot. 7(1)1-322. Lund.

4 5 16

769. MaImer, N. 1963. Studies on mire vegetation in the Archaean area of Southwestern Gotaland (South Sweden) III. On the relation between specific conductivity and concentrations of ions in the mire water. Bot. Notiser 116:249-256. Lund.

4 6 13 16

770. MaImer, N. 1965. The southern mires. Acta Phytogeogr. Suecica 50: 149-158. 3 5

771. MaImer, N. 1975. The development of bog mires. In: Coupling of Land and Water Systems, ed. A.D.Hasler, Ecological Studies 10:85-92. Springer-Verlag, NY.

4 5 12

772. MaImer, N., & B. Nihlgard. 1980. Supply and transport of mineral nutrients in a sub-arctic mire. Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 30:63-95.

13 15 16 17

773. MaImer, N., & H. Sjors. 1955. Some determinations of elementary constituents in mire plants and peat. Bot. Notiser 108:46-80. Lund.

16 17

774. MalmstrOm, C. 1923. Degero Stormyr. Statens Skogsforsoksanstalt 20: 1-207.

1 5

775. Malmstrom, C. 1939. Methoden zur Untersuchung der Hasserverh~n tnisse von TorfbOden. In: Handbuch der biologischen Arbeitsmethoden, ed. E. Abderhalden, 11(4):373-390. Urban and Schwartzenburg, Berlin.

14

Page 68: A TlA 0 BIBll

776. Entry deleted.

777. Maltby, E., & K. Crabtree. 1976. Soil organic matter and peat accumulation on Exmoor: a contemporary and paleo-environmental evaluation. Trans. Inst. Br. Geogr. 1:259-278.

19 22

778. Malterer, T.J. 1980. Distribution of raised bogs in Minnesota. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA, 1980, pp. 64-67. 3

779. Malterer, T.J., D.J. Olson, D.R. Mellen, B. Leuelling, & E.J. Tome. 1979. Inventory of Peat Resources, Spba~num Moss Peat Deposits in

Minnesota. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources Report, 44 p. 24 25

780. Mannerkoski, H. 1972. Microbiological changes in the humus layer of forest soils undergoing paludification. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 1:319-325.

21

781. Mannerkoski, H. 1979. Comparison of methods in classification of vegetation on a drained peatland area. Proc. Int. Symp. on the Classification of Peat & Peatlands, Hyytiala, Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 109-120.

2 5

782. Mannerkoski, H. 1982. Effect of tree roots on the bulk density of peat. Proc. Int. Symp. IPS Commissions IV & II, Minsk, Sept. 1982, pp. 182-188.

783. ~1annerkoski, H. 1983. water table levels.

14

An' audible buzzer apparatus for indicating Suo 34:49-51.

26

784. Manskaya, S.M., & T.V. Drozdova. 1968. Organic substances in peat and their formation. In: Geochemistry of Organic Substances, eds. L. Shapiro and I.A. Berger, Pergamon Press, pp. 28-91.

16

785. Manson, P.W., & D.G. Miller. 1955. Ground water fluctuations in certain open and forested bogs of northern Minnesota. Univ. of Minn. Agr. Expt. Stn. Tech. Bull. No. 217,29 p.

13

786. Marchand,·P. J • 1975. Apparent ecotypic differences in the water relations of some northern bog Ericaceae. Rhodora 77:43-63.

7 13

787. Marchand, P.J. 1977. Subalpine bogs of the Mahoosuc Range, Maine: Physical characteristics and vegetation development. Center for Northern Studies, Wolcott, VT, Contribution No. 11, 19 p. 3 5

Page 69: A TlA 0 BIBll

788. Marcinek, J., & A. Kedziora. 1976. Buoyancy of peat deposits and dispersion of peat organic matter from artificial lake bottoms. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 1:149-167.

14

789. Marion, G.M., P.C. Miller, J. Kurnrnerow, & W.C. Oechel. 1982. Competition for nitrogen in a tussock tundra ecosystem. Plant and Soil 66:317-327.

5 16 18

790. Markkula, I. 1981. Vertical distribution of soil animals in a virgin and drained raised bog. Suo 32:126-129.

6 11

791. Marshall, W.H., & D.G. Miquelle. 1978. Terrestrial Wildlife of Minnesota Peatlands: A Literature Report to Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 191 p.

6

792. Martin, N.J., & A.J. Holding. 1978. Nutrient availability and other factors limiting microbial activity in the blanket peat. In: Production Ecology of British Moors and Montane Grasslands, eds. O.W. Heal and D.F. Perkins, Ecological Studies 27:113-137, Springer-Verlag, NY.

16 17 21

793. Martini, I.P., D.W. Cowell, & G.M. Wickware. 1980. Geomorphology of Southwestern James Bay: A low energy, emergent coast. In: The Coastline of Canada, ed. S.B. McCann, Geol. Surv. Can. Paper 80-10, pp. 293-301.

3 4

794. Masing, V. 1982. The plant cover of Estonian bogs: a structural analysis. Estonian Contrib. to the Int. BioI. Progr. 9:50-92.

5

795. Masing, V. ed. 1982. Peatland ecosystems (Estonia): Researches in the plant cover of Estonian bogs and their productivity. Contrib. to IBP No.9, Tallinn, 164 p.

2 4 11

796. Mathur, S.P., & M.P. Levesque. 1980. Relationship between acid-phosphatase activities and decomposition rates of 22 virgin peat materials. Commun. in Soil Sciences and Plant Analysis. 11:155-162.

14 16 20

797. Mattson, S. 1972. 137/Cs in the reindeer lichen Cladonia alpestris: deposition, retention and internal distribution, 1961-70. Lund Univ. Radiophysics Inst. Rept., pp. 1972-08.

9 15 17

798. Mattson, S., & E. Koutler-Andersson. 1954. Geochemistry of a raised bog. Kungl. Lantbrukshogskolans Annaler 21:321-366.

16 17 22

Page 70: A TlA 0 BIBll

799. Mattson, S., & E. Koutler-Andersson. 1955. Geochemistry of a raised bog. II. Some nitrogen relationships. Kungl. Lantbrukshogskolans Annaler 22:219-224.

16 17 22

800. Mattson, S., G. Sandberg, & R.E. Terning. 1944. Electrochemistry of soil formation. VI. Atmospheric salts in relation to soil and peat formation and plant composition. Kungl. Lantbrukshogskolans Annaler 12: 101-118.

15 16 22

801. Matzner, E., D. Hubner, & W. Thomas. 1981. Content and storage of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in two forested ecosystems in northern Germany. Pflanzenernaehr. Bodenk. 144:283-288.

15

802. Mayer, L.M. 1976. dialysis bags.

Chemical water sampling in lakes and sediments with Limnol. Oceanogr. 21:909-912.

26

803. McComas, M.R., J.P. Kempton, & K.C. Hinkley. 1972. Geology, soils and hydrogeology of Volo Bog and vicinity, Lake County, Illinois. Geol. Notes, Illinois Geological Survey Environ., No. 57, 27 p. 3 13 22

804. McKenzie, W.E. 1974. Criteria used in soil taxonomy to classify organic soils. In: Histols: Their Characteristics, Classification and Use, eds. A.R. Aandahl and M. Stelly. Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Spec. Publ. No.6, Madison, WI, pp. 1-10.

2

805. McVean, D.N. & D.A. Ratcliffe. 1962. Plant Communities of the Scottish Highlands, Chapt. 7, Ombrogenous Mires on Bogs, pp. 101-110, and Chapt. 8, Soligenous Mires, pp. 111-129. HMSO, London. 3 5

806.

807.

Mets, L. 1982. period of 17 9:128-134.

4

Metsavainio, K. Moorpflanzen.

7

Changes in a bog pool complex during an observation years. Estonian Contrib. to the Int. BioI. Progr.

1931. Untersuchungen Uber das Hurzelsystem der Ann. Bot. Soc. Zool.-Bot. Fenn. 1:1-417.

808. Mikkola, K. 1976. Ecological aspects of the insect fauna of Finnish peatlands. Suo 27:3-8.

6 11

809. Mile, J. 1976. The growth of Narthecium ossj fra~um in some southern English mires. J. Ecol. 64:849-858.

7 18

810. Miller, N.G. 1980. Mosses as paleoecological indicators of late glacial terrestrial environments: Some North American Studies. Torr. Bot. Club. Bull. 107:373-391.

8 12 14 22

Page 71: A TlA 0 BIBll

811. Miller, P.C. (ed.). 1982. The availability and utilization of resources in tundra ecosystems. Holarctic Ecology 5:81-220.

16 18

812. Minderman, G. 1956. The preparation of microtome sections of unaltered soil for the study of soil organisms in situ. Plant and Soil 8:42-48.

26

813. Minkina, Ts. I. 1959. Some pecularities reflecting soil erosion processes in surface layers of recent peat bogs. Soviet Soil Sci. 3:293-299.

814.

14

Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 1981. Minnesota Peat Program Final Report. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, August 1981, 93 p.

1 3 24 25

815. Mitchell, G.F. 1956. Post-Boreal pollen diagrar~ from Irish raised bogs. Proc. R. Ir. Acad., B, 57:285-251.

22

816. Montague, K.A., & F.P. Day, Jr. 1980. Below ground biomass of four plant communi ties of the Great Dismal Swamp, Virginia. Amer. ~1idl. Nat. 103:83-87.

5 18

817. Moore, J.J. 1954. Some observations on the microflora of two peat profiles in the Dublin mountains. Proc. Royal Dublin Soc. 26:379-395.

21

818. Moore, J.J. 1964. The regional distribution of the bogs in Ireland.

819.

Proceedings of the 8th International Congress IGM, pp. 87-90. 3

Moore, J.J. 1968. northern Europe. Tuxen, Junk, The

2 3 5

Classification of the bogs and wet heaths of In: Pflanzensoziologische Systematik, ed. R.

Hague.

820. Moore, J.J. 1972. A note on the classification of bog vegetation.

2

In: Basic Problems and Methods in Phytosociology, ed. E. van der Maarel and R. Tuxen, Junk, The Hague, pp. 497-499.

821. Moore, P.D. 1972. The initiation of peat formation and the development of peat deposits in mid-Wales. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 1:89-100.

822.

12 22

Moore, P.D. 1973. The influence of prehistoric cultures upon the initiation and spread of blanket bog in upland Wales. Nature 241:350-353.

1 3 12 13

Page 72: A TlA 0 BIBll

823. Moore, P.O. 1974. Prehistoric human activity and blanket peat initiation on Exmoor. Nature 250:439-441.

1 12

824. Moore, P.O. 1975. Decomposition in peatlands. Nature 253:498-499. 20

825. Moore, P.O. 1975. Origin of blanket mires. Nature 256:267-269. 4 12

826. Moore, P.O. 1977. Stratigraphy and pollen analysis of Claish Moss, Northwest Scotland: Significance for the origin of surface-pools and forest history. J. Ecol. 65:375-399.

4 22

827. Moore, P.O. 1978. Sinks and sources of plant nutrients. Nature 276: 560-561.

15 16 17

828. Moore, P.O. 1979. Hydrological and biological interactions in blanket mire inception and development. Acta Univ. Oulu. A. 82, Geology 3:57-63.

1 4 12 13

829. Moore, P.O. 1982. How to reproduce in bogs and fens. New Scientist 95: 369-371.

5 7

830. Moore, P.O. 1982. Pool and ridge patterns in peat mires. Nature 300:110.

4

831. Moore, P.O. 1984. European Mires. Academic Press, 361 p. 2 3 5 12

832. Moore, P.O. 1984. The classification of mires: an introduction. In: European Mires, ed. P.O. Moore, Academic Press, London, pp. 1-10.

2

833. Moore, P.O., & D.J. Bellamy. 221 p.

1974. Peatlands. Springer-Verlag, NY,

1 2 3 4 5 12 16 18 20 22 25

834. Moore, P.O., & P.J. Beckett. 1971. Vegetation and development of Llyn, Welsh Mire. Nature 231:363-365. 3 12

835. Moore, P.O., D.L. Merryfield, & M.D.R. Price. 1984. The vegetation and development of blanket mires. In: European Mires, ed. P.O. Moore, Academic Press, London, pp. 203-235.

4 5

27

836. Moore, T.R. 1984. Litter decomposition in a sub-arctic Spruce-lichen woodland, eastern Canada. Ecology 65:299-308.

20

Page 73: A TlA 0 BIBll

837. Morita, H. 1975. Polyphenols in the lime water extractives of peat. Soil Sci. 120:112-116.

16

838. Morita, H. 1976. Linuron adsorption and the degree of decomposition of peats as measured by rubbed fibre and pyrophosphate index. Can. J. Soil Sci. 56:105-109.

14 16

839. Morita, H., & W.G. Montgomery. 1980. Monosaccharide composition of selected Canadian peats. Can. J. Soil Sci. 60:1-7.

840.

16

Mosley, M.P. 1972. Gully systems in blanket peat, Bleaklow, North Derbyshire. E. Midld. Geogr. 5:235-244.

14

841. Hoss, E.H. 1953. Marsh and bog vegetation of northwestern Alberta. Can. J. Bot. 31:448-470. 3 5 12

842. Munger, J.W., & S.J. Eisenreich. 1983. Continental-scale variations in precipitation chemistry. Environ. Sci. Technol. 17: 32A-42A.

843. Murphy, D.H. 1956. special reference Kevan, Sevenoaks,

15 16

Long-term changes in Collembolan populations with to moorland soils. In: Soil Zoology, ed. D.K.M. Butterworth, pp. 157-166. 11

844. Murray, C., & P.C. Miller. 1982. Phenological observations of major plant growth forms and species in montane and Eriopborum va~inatum tussock tundra in central Alaska •. Holarctic Ecology 5:109-116.

5 7

845. Molder, K., -& M. Salmi. 1955. The general geological map of Finland, Sheet B3, Vaasa, explanation to the map of surficial deposits. Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos, Helsinki, 75 p.

1 3 12 22

846. Mornsjo, T. 1968. Stratigraphical and chemical studies on two peatlands in Scania, South Sweden. Bot. Notiser 121:341-360. Lund.

16 17 22

847. Mornsjo, T. 1969. Studies on vegetation and development of a peatland in Scania, south Sweden. Opera Botanica 24:1-187.

4 5 12

848. Mornsjo, T. 1971. Peatland types and their regional distribution in South Sweden. Geol. Foren. Stockholm Forhandl. 93:588-600.

2

849. Muller, K. 1976. Moorkemplexen.

2 7

Zur Frage der "Mineral Bodenzeiger" auf ombrogenen Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen. 52:311-318.

Page 74: A TlA 0 BIBll

850. MOller, M.M., V. Sundman, & J. Skujins. 1980. Denitrification in low pH spodosols and peats determined with the acetylene method. Appl. Environ. Microbiol 40:235-239.

16 17 21 26

851. Naucke, W., H.V. Laaser, & F. Tarkmann. 1972. New chemical investigations on water-soluble organic sUbstances in low-decomposed Sphagnum-peats. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 4:45-60.

16

852. Neiland, B.J. 1971. The forest-bog complex of southeast Alaska. Vegetatio 22:1-64. 3

853. Neistadt, M.I. (ed.). 1977. Scientific Prerequisites for the Development of Bogs in Hestern Siberia. Nauka, Moscow, 227 p.

3 4 5 12 13 14 18 19 22 24 27

854. Nelson, J.M. 1971. The invertebrates of an area of Pennine Moorland within the Moor House National Reserve in northern England. Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent. 19:173-235.

11

855. Neustadt, M.I. 1938. The peat reserves of the Asian parts of the USSR. Tr. Centro Torfyanoi Opitnoi Stanzii 4. Moskva (Russian). 3

856. Neustadt, M.J., & E.M. Selikson. der Torfmoore Westsibiriens.

1971. Neu Angaben zur Stratigraphie Acta Agralia Fennica 123:27-32.

. 22

857. Newbould, P.J. 1960. The ecology of Cranesmoor, a New Forest valley. bog. J. Ecol. 48:361-383.

5 12

858. Newbould, P.J. 1967. Methods for estimating the primary production of forests. IBP Handbook No.2, Blackwell Scientific Publ., Oxford, 62 p.

26

859. Newson, M.D., & J.G. Harrison. 1978. Channel studies in the Plynlimon experimental catchments. Inst. Hydrol. Wallingford Rep. No. 47, 61 p.

4 13 14 24

860. Nichols, D.S., & J.M. Brown. 1980. Evaporation from a Sphagnum moss surface. J. Hydrol. 48:289-302.

8 13

861. Nichols, G.E. 1918. The vegetation of northern Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 22:249-467.

1 3 5 12

862. Nichols, G.E. 1919. Raised bogs in eastern t1aine. Geogr. Rev. 7: 159-167. 3 4

Page 75: A TlA 0 BIBll

863. Nichols, H. 1969. Chronology of peat growth in Canada. Paleogeogr., Paleoecol. 6:61-65.

12 22

864. Nieboer, E., D.H.S. Richardson, & F.D. Tomassini. 1978. Mineral uptake and release by lichens: an overview. Bryologist 8:226-246.

9 17

865. Nieboer, E., D.H.S. Richardson, K.J. Puckett, & F.D. Tomassini. 1976. The phytotoxicity of sUlphur dioxide in relation to measurable responses in lichens. In: Effects of Air Pollutants on Plants, ed. T.A. Mansfield, Cambridge University Press, pp. 61-85.

9 16

866. Nieboer, E., K.J. Puckett, D.H. Richardson, F.D. Tomassini, & B. Grace. 1977. Ecological and physicochemical aspects of the accumulation of heavy metals and sulphur in lichens. Proc. Int. Conf. on Heavy Metals in the Environment, Toronto 2:331-352.

9 15

867. Nieboer, E., P. Lavoie, R.L.P. Sassville, K.J. Puckett, & H.S. Richardson. 1976. Cation exchange equilibrium and mass balance in the lichen Umbiljcaria mubJenber~ij. Can. J. Bot. 54: 720-723.

9 16 17

868. Niese, G. 1975. Die Untersuchungen von Torf mit Hilfe mikrobiologischen Methoden. Telma 5:205-226.

21 26

869. Nilsson, S. 1977. Composition and density of the bird community on raised peat bogs in southwest Sweden. Fauna and Flora 72:227-233.

6

870. Norgaard, E. 1951. The ecology of two lycosid spiders Pjrata pjratipus and Lycosa pullata from a Danish Spba~num bog. Oikos 3:1-21.

11

871. Norton, S.A. 1983. Geochemistry of Maine Peat Bogs. Report to Maine Geological Survey, June, 1983, 62 p.

15 16 17

872. Novitzki, R.P. 1979. Groundwater recharge and related hydrologic values of wetlands. Workshop on Wetlands Ecosystems, June 1978, Institute of Ecology, Athens, GA, 28 p.

13

873. Novitzki, R.R. 1978. Hydrology of the Nevin vletland near Madison, WI. U.S. Geol. Surv. Water Resources Investigation 78-48, 25 p.

13

874. Nys, L. 1954. La capacit~ pour l'eau et Ie pH des tourbieres bomb~es. Ann. Soc. Geol. Belg. 77B:289-296.

13 14

Page 76: A TlA 0 BIBll

875. O'Toole, M.A. 1966. Differences in susceptibility to iron-chlorosis of grass species grown on blanket peat. Nature: 212:213.

876.

7 18

Odelein, M., A.R. Selmer-Olson, & I. Haddeland. 1975. of some redox processes in peat and their influences water. Acta Agric. Scandinavica 25:161-166.

17

Investigations on runoff

877. Odum, H.T. 1978. Principles for interfacing wetlands with development. In: Proceedings of Wetlands Use Conference, Dept. of Admin. Tallahasse, FL.

1 24 25

878. Oechel, VI. C., & B. Sveinbj6'rnsson. 1978. Primary production processes in Arctic bryophytes at Barrow, AL. In: Vegetation and Production Ecology of An Alaskan Arctic Tundra, ed. L. Tieszen, Ecological Studies 29:269-298, Springer-Verlag, NY. '

8 18

879. Ogden, J.G. III. 1960. Recurrence surfaces and pollen stratigraphy of a postglacial raised bog, Kings County, Nova Scotia. Amer. J. Sci. 258:341-353.

12 22

880. Okruszko, H. 1964. Hydrological factors as a basis of classification of peat bogs. Wiadomosci Inst. Melioracji i Uzytkow Zielonych 4:147-164 (Transl. TT6-57022).

881.

2 13

Okruszko, H. of Poland.

2

1975. Classification and description of the peat soils Soviet Soil Sci. 7:458-467.

882. Okruszko, H., & J. Szuniewicz. 1975. Porositat differenzierung und damit verbundene Luft-und Wasser verhaltnisse in den NiedermoorbOden. In: Beitrage der internationales symposium zu Problemen der Wasserregulierung auf Niedermoor, Eberswalde, 1974, Akad. Landwiss. DDR, Berlin, pp. 227-250

14

883. Olauson, E. 1957. Das Moor Roshultsmyren, Eine geologische botanische und hydrologische Studie in einem sUdwest schwedischen Moor mit exzentrisch gewolbten Mooselementen. Acta Univ. Lund., N.S. 2, 53 ( 12) : 1-72.

2 3 4 5 12 13 14 16 27

884. Oldfield, F., A. Brown, & R. Thompson. 1979. The effect of microtopography and vegetation on the catchment of airborne particles measured by remanent magnetism. Quatern. Res. 12:326-332.

15 16

885. Oldfield, F., K. Tolonen, & R. Thompson. 1981. Magnetic measurements of particulate atmospheric pollution history in dated Finnish peat profiles. Ambio 10:185-188.

15 16 22

Page 77: A TlA 0 BIBll

886. Oldfield, F., P.G. Appleby, R.S. Cambray, J.D. Eakins, K.E. Barber, R.W. Battarby, G.W. Pearson, & J.M. Williams. 1979. 210/Pb, 137/Cs and 239/Pu profiles in ombrotrophic peat. Oikos 33:40-45.

887.

15 16 22

Oldfield, F., R. Thompson, & K.E. Barber. fallout of magnetic particles recorded sections. SCience 199:679-680.

15

1978. Changing atmospheric in recent ombrotrophic peat

22

888. Oliver, B., E.M. Thurman, & R.L. Malcolm. 1983. The contribution of humic sUbstances to the acidity of colored natural waters. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta 47:2031-2035.

16

889. Oliver, J. 1962. The thermal regime of upland peat soils in a maritime tempera4e climate. Geogr. Annaler 44:293-302.

14

890. Oltmanns, F. 1887. tiber die Wasserbewegung in der Moospflanze und ihren Einfluss auf die VJasservertheilung im Boden. Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen 4:1-49.

8

891. Osburn, W.S. Jr. 1967. Ecological concentration of nuclear fallout in a Colorado mountain watershed. In: Radioecological Concentration Processes, ed. B. Aberg, & F.P. Hungate, Oxford, Pergamon, pp. 675-709.

15

892. (13burn, vI.S. Jr. 1969. AC''Juntability of nuclear fallout deposited in a Colorado high mountain bog. In: Symposium on Radioecology, ed. D.J. Nelson & F. C. Evans, U.S. AEC, CONF-670503, pp. 578-586.

15

893. Osheyack; G. & LA. Horley. 1982. Primary production at a complex peatland in northwestern Vermont. Proc. Int. Peat Symp., Bemidji State University, Bemidji, MN, pp. 385-417.

18

894. Osvald, H. 1923. Die Vegetation des Hochmoores Komosse. Svensk Vaxtsociol. Sallsk. Handl. 1:1-436. 345

895. Osvald, H. 1925. Die Hochmoortypen Europas. Veroff. Geobot. Inst. Rubel, Zurich 3:707-723.

235

896. Osvald, H. 1928. Nordamerikanska mosstyper. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 22:371-391.

897.

235

Osvald, H. America. 3 5

1933. Vegetation of the Pacific Coast bogs of North Acta Phytogeogr. Suecica 5:1-32.

Page 78: A TlA 0 BIBll

898. Osvald, H. 1936. Stratigraphy and pollen flora of some bogs of the north Pacific Coast of America. Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 46.

22

899. Osvald, H. 1955. The vegetation of two raised bogs in northern Haine. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 49:110-118. 3 5

900. Osvald, H. 1970. Vegetation and stratigraphy of peatlands in North America. Nova Acta Regiae Societatis Scientarum Upsaliensis, Sere V: C, Vol. 1,96 p.

3 5 22

901. Otowa, M., & R. Eggelsmann. 1975. tiber die Moore in Japan. Telma 5:19-37. 3

902. Overbeck, F. 1975. Botanisch-geologische Noorkunde. Hachholtz, Neumunster, 719 p.

1

903. Overbeck, F., & H. Happach. 1957. tiber das Hachstum und den Wasserhaushalt einiger Hochmoor-Sphagnen. Flora 144:355-402.

8 18

904. Overbeck, F., K.O. Munnich, L. Aletsee, & F.R. Averdieck. 1957. Das Alter des "Grenzhorizontes" nordeutscher Hochmoore nach Radiocarbon-Datierung. Flora 145:37-71.

12 22

905. Paarlahti, K., & U. Vartiovaara. 1958. Observations concerning the microbial populations in virgin and drained bogs. Commun. Inst. Forest. Fenn. 50:1-38.

21 24

906. Paasio, I. 1933. tiber die Vegetation der Hochmoore Finnlands. Acta Forestalia Fennici 39:1-190.

1 3 5 22

907. Paavilainen, E. 1976. Effects of drainage and fertilisation of peatlands on the environment. In: Han and the Boreal Forest, ed. C.O. Tamm, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm), 21:137-141.

908. Painter, T.J., & N.A. Sonnsen. Spha~num mosses: an unusual Res. 66(1555), C1-C3.

8

24

1978. The cation exchanger of form of holocellulose. Carbohydr.

16

909. Paivanen, J. 1969. The bulk density of peat and its determination. Silva Fennica 3:1-19.

26

910. Paivanen, J. 1973. Hydraulic conductivity and water retention in peat soils. Acta Forestalia Fennici 129:1-70.

13 14

Page 79: A TlA 0 BIBll

911. Paivanen, J. 1983. Initial development of Picea mariana drained, nutrient poor open bog in Finland. In: Proc. Forest Drainage, Tallinn, USSR, Sept. 19-23, 1983, pp.

7

on Int. Symp. on 50-62.

24

912. Pakarinen, P. 1974. Development of vegetation after fire in continental raised bogs. Suo 25:1-4.

4 12 18 23

913. Pakarinen, P. 1974. Vegetation of tundra mires on Devon Island, Canada. Suo 25:59-64. 3 4

914. Pakarinen, P. 1975. Trophic classifications of peatlands. Suo 26:79-82.

2

915. Pakarinen, P. 1976. Agglomerative clustering and factor analysis of south Finnish mire types. Ann. Bot. Fennici 13:35-41. 3 5 12

916. Pakarinen, P. 1977. Element contents of Sphagna; variation and its sources. Congr. Int. Bryologie, Bordeaux, 1977, Bryophytorum Bibliotheca 13:751-762.

8 12 16

917. Pakarinen, P. 1978. Distribution of heavy metals in the Spha~num layer of bog hummocks and hollows. Ann. Bot. Fennici 15:287-292.

15 16 17

918. Pakarinen, P. 1978. Production and nutrient ecology of three Sphagnum species in southern Finnish raised bogs. Ann. Bot. Fennici 15:15-26.

8 17 18

919. Pakarinen, P. 1979. Ecological indicators and species groups of bryophytes in boreal peatlands. Proc. Int. Symp. on Classification of Peat and Peatlands. Hyytiala, Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 121-134. 345 8

920. Pakarinen, P. 1981. Anaerobic peat as a nutrient sink in raised bogs. Suo 32: 15-19.

16 17

921. Pakarinen, P. 1981. Metal content of ombrotrophic Sphagnum mosses in Northwest Europe. Ann. Bot. Fennici 18:281-292.

8 15 16

922. Pakarinen, P. 1981. Nutrient and trace metal content and retention in reindeer lichen carpets of Finnish ombrotrophic bogs. Ann. Bot. Fennici 18:265-274.

9 15 16

Page 80: A TlA 0 BIBll

923. Pakarinen, P. 1982. On the trace element and nutrient ecology of the ground layer species of ombrotrophic bogs. Publications from the Department of Botany, University of Helsinki, (In Finnish, English summary) 10: 1-32.

8 9 16

924. Pakarinen, P., & A. Makinen. 1976. Comparison of Pb, Zn, and Mn contents of mosses, lichens, and pine needles in raised bogs. Suo 27:77-83.

15 16

925. Pakarinen, P., & A. Makinen. 1978. Trace metal distribution in L,.edum pallJstre (Finnish, English summary). Suo 29:93-98.

926. Pakarinen, P., & D.H. Vitt. caloric contents of high 52: 1151-1161 •

8

16

1974. The major organic components and arctic bryophytes. Can. J. Bot.

16

927. Pakarinen, P., & E. Gorham. 1983. Mineral element composition of Sphagnum fuscum peats collected from Minnesota, t1ani toba and Ontario. Proc. Int. Symp. Peat Utilization, ed. C.H. FUchsman Bemidji State University, Bemidji, MN, Oct. 10-13, 1983, in press.

928. Pakarinen, P., & K. Tolonen. 1976. Regional survey of heavy metals in peat mosses Sphagnum. Ambio 5:38-40.

929.

15

Pakarinen, P., & K. Tolonen. 1976. of ombrotrophic Sphagnum species. Poznan, Poland, 1976, 2:264-275.

15

Studies on the heavy metal content Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr.,

930. Pakarinen, P., & K. Tolonen. 1977. Distribution of lead in Sphagnum Ulscum profiles in Finland. Oikos 28:69-73.

15 22

931. Pakarinen, P., & K. Tolonen. 1977. Nutrient contents of Sphagnum mosses in relation to bog water chemistry in northern Finland. Lindbergia 4:27-33.

8 15 16 17

932. Pakarinen, P., & K. Tolonen. 1977. On the growth rate and dating of surface peat. Suo 28:19-24.

933. Pakarinen, P., & K. Tolonen. Zn, & Pb in Sphagnum peat.

18 19 22

1977. Vertical distributions of N, P, K, Suo 28:95-102.

15 16

934. Pakarinen, P., & R. Ruuhijarvi. 1978. Ordination of northern Finnish peatland vegetation with factor analysis and reciprocal averaging. Ann. Bot. Fennici 15:147-151. 3 5 12

Page 81: A TlA 0 BIBll

935. Pakarinen, P., & R.J.K. Rinne. 1979. concentration of five moss species Lindbergia 5:77-83.

Growth rates and heavy metal in paludifed spruce forests.

8 15 18

936. Pakarinen, P., A. Makinen, & R.J.K. Rinne. 1978. Heavy metals in Cladonia arbuscula and Cladonia mitjs in east Fennoscandia. Ann. Bot. Fennici 15:281-286.

15

937. Pakarinen, P., K. Tolonen, & J. Soveri. 1981. Distribution of trace metals and sulfur in the surface peat of Finnish raised bogs. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA, August 1980, pp. 645-648.

938. Pakarinen, P., K. Tolonen, S. Heikkinen, & A. Nurmi. 1983. Accumulation of metals in Finnish raised bogs. In: Environmental Biogeochemistry, ed. R. Hallberg, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 35:377-382.

15 16 17

939. Pala, S., & A. Boissoneau. 1981. Wetland classification maps for the Hudson Bay Lowland. Naturaliste Canadien 109:653-659.

2 3

940. Pala, S., & W. \<leischet. 1981. A model of the Hudson Bay-James Bay Lowland. 109:637-651.

for the physiographic analysis In: Proc. Naturaliste Canadien

2 4

941. Parkinson, D., T.R.C. Gray, & S.T. Williams. 1971. Methods for Studying the Ecology of Soil Microorganisms, Blackwell, Oxford, 116 p.

26

942. Passer, M., G.T. Bratt, J.A. Eberling, E.L. Piret, L. Hartman, & A.J. Madden, Jr. 1968. Proximate analyses of peat. Trans. 2nd Int. Peat Congr., Leningrad USSR, 1963, HtvlSO Edinburgh, 2:841-851.

16

943. Patrick, W.H. Jr., & I.C. Mahapatra. 1968. Transformation and availability to rice of nitrogen and phosphorus in waterlogged soils. Advances in Agronomy 30:323-357.

16

944. Patrick, W.H. Jr., & R.A. Khalid. 1974. Phosphate release and sorption by soils and sediments: Effect of aerobic and anaerobic conditions. Science 186:53-55.

16

945. Patron, J.A., & P.J. Goodman. 1955. The conditions promoting anthocyanin formation in Spha~nuID nemoreUID scop. Trans. Br. Bryol. Soc. 4:883.

16

Page 82: A TlA 0 BIBll

946. Pavlova, K.K. 1970. Phase comoosition of Hater and thermophysic8l characteristics of frozen peat in the study of infiltration. Sov. Hydrol. 1970:138-159.

947. Payandeh, B. 1978. northern Ontario.

13 14

A site index formula for oeatland black spruce in For. Chron. 54:39-41.

18

948. Peachey, J.E. 1962. A comparison of two techniaues for extracting Enchytraeidae from moorland soils. In: Progress in Soil Zoology, ed. P.H. t1urohy, London, Butterworths, pP. 286-293.

26

949. Peachy, J.E. 1963. Studies of Enchytraeidae (Oligochaeta) of moorland soils. Pedobiologia 2:81-95.

11

950. Pears, N. 1975. The growth rate of hill rents in Scotland. Geol. Foren. Stockholm Forh. 97:265-270.

19

951. Pearsall. VJ. H. 1937. The soil complex in relation to plant communities. I. Oxidation reduction potentials in soils. J. Ecol. 26: 180-193.

12 14 16 18

952. Pearsall, W.H. 1937. The soil complex in relation to plant communities. III. t400rlands and bogs. J. Ecol. 26:298-314.

3 5 14 16

953. Pearsall, W.H. 1956. Two blanket-bogs in Sutherland. J. Ecol. 44:493-516.

4

954. Pearson, H.C. 1979. Patterns of pools in peatlands. (Hith particular reference to a valley head mire in Northern England). Acta Univ. Oulu A.82 Geol. 3:65-72.

955.

4 14

Pedersen, A. 1975. in South Nor.-I1ay.

8

Growth measurements of five Sphagnum species Norwegi an J. Bot. 22: 277-284.

18

956. Percy, K.E. 1983. Heavy metal and sulphur concentrations in Sphagnum magellanicum Brid. in the Maritime Provinces, Canada. Water Air Soil Poll. 19:341-350.

15 16

957. Peterfi, L.S. 1974. Structure and pattern of desmid communities occurring in some Romanian ombrophilous peat bogs. Nova HedHir:.ia 25:651-664.

958.

5 10

Pfadenhauer, J., & S. De Custro Boechat. eines Sphagnum-Hoors in Sud brasilien. 3 5

1981. Vegetation und Ol<ologie Vegetatio 44:177-187.

Page 83: A TlA 0 BIBll

959. Pfaender, F.K., & M. Alexander. 1972. Extensive microbial degradation of DDT, metabolism by natural communities. J. Agr. Food Chern. 20:842-846.

17 21

960. Phillips, M.E. 1954. Biological flora of the British Isles: Eriophorum angustifolium Roth. J. Ecol. 42:612-622.

7

961. Pietsch, W. 1976. On the relation between the vegetation and the absolute and relative ion content of mire waters in middle Europe. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 2:62-72.

4 16

962. Pinel-Alloul, B., & E. Magnin. 1978. Zooplankton dans une tourbiere reticulee du territoire de la Baie de James. Naturaliste Canadien 105:19-35. 3 6

963. Piret, E.L., R.G. \Vhite, H.C. Walther, Jr., & A.J. Madden, Jr. 1960. Some physico-chemical properties of peat humic acids. Proc. Royal Dublin Soc., A, 1:69-79.

16

964. Pisano Valdes, E. 1973. Fitogeografia de la peninsula de Brunswick, Magellanes. I. Communidades mesohigromorficas e higromorficas. An. Inst. Patag. 4:141-206.

5

965. Pochon, J. 1956. Parente microbiologique des mors forestiers et des tourbes acides. Ann. Inst. Pasteur 90:352-354.

21

966. Pollett, F.C. 1972. Classification of peatlands in Newfoundland. Proc.,4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 1:101-110.

235

967. Pollett, F.C. 1968. Ecology and utilization of peatlands in Newfpundland. Forest Research Lab., St. John's, Newfoundland, Internal Rept. N-6, 34 p.

1 24

968. Pollett, F.C. 1972. Nutrient content of peat soils in Newfoundland. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 3:461-468.

16

969. Pollett, F.C., & P.B. Bridgewater. 1973. A phytosociological classification of peatlands in central Newfoundland. Can. J. Forest Res. 3:433-442. 235

970. Polyakov, Y.A., L.N. Kalishina, & L.F. Nazarova. 1967. Distribution of 90/Sr in the soil profile in the moderately northern latitudes of the USSR. In: Radioecological Concentration Processes, eds. Aberg, B., & F.P. Hungate, Oxford, Pergamon, pp. 533-537.

15 22

Page 84: A TlA 0 BIBll

971. Ponnamperuma, F.N. 1972. The chemistry of submer~ed soils. Advances in A~ronomy 24:29-96.

16

972. Pork, H., & E. Ilves. 1982. Stratigraphy and chronolo~y of lake and bo~ deposits of the KOivasso bog. Estonian Contrib. to the Int. Biol. Progr. 9:148-163.

22

973. Potzger, J.E. 1953. Nineteen bogs from southern Quebec. Can. J. Bot. 31:383-401. 3 22

974. Potzger, J.E., & A. Courtemanche. 1954. Bog and lake studies on the Laurentian Shield in Mont Tremblant Park, Quebec. Can. J. Bot. 32:549-560.

22

975. Potzger, J.E., & A. Courtemanche. 1955. Permafrost and some characteristics of bogs and vegetation of northern Quebec. Rev. Canad. Geogr. 9:109-114. 3 ~

976. Potz~er, J.E., & A. Courtmanche. 1956. A series of bop;s across Quebec from the St. Lawrence Valley to James Bay. Can. J. Bot. 34:473-500. 3 5

977. Prat, S. 1955. Influence of humic substances on algae. Folia Biol. 1:321.

10 16

978. Prat, S. 1968. Effects of humic substances on plants. Trans. 2nd Int. Peat Con~r., Leningrad USSR 1963, 2:537-542.

7 16

979. Pratt, D.C., & N.J. AndreHs. 1980. Peatland enerl'.:Y crops: the productive potential of cattails and other wetland plants on Hinnesota peatlands. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Con~r .• Duluth, HN, USA. 1980, pp.444-450.

18 24

980. Press, C.M., & J.A. Lee. 1982. Nitrate reductase activity of Sohagnum species in the south Pennines. New Phytol. 92:487-494.

17

981. Puckett, K.J. 1976. lichen physiology.

9

The effect of heavy metals on some aspects of Can. J. Bot. 54:2695-2703.

982. Puckett, K.J., & E.J. Finnegan. 1977. The use of multivariate techniques in the analysis of metal levels found in lichens. Internal Report prepared by Atmospheric Research Directorate, Atmosph. Environment Service, Environment Can. ARQA-52-77. 18 p. plus tables, maps, figures.

9 15 16

Page 85: A TlA 0 BIBll

983. Puffe, D., & G. Grosse-Brauckmann. 1963.· Mikromorphologische Untersuchungen an Torfen. Zeitschr. F. Kulturtechn. 4:159-188.

14

984. Puustjarvi, V. 1952. The precipitation of iron in peat soils. Acta Agralia Fennica 78:1-72.

16

985. Puustjarvi, V. 1956. On the cation exchange capacity of peats and on the factors of influence upon its formation. Acta Agric. Scandinavica 6:410-449.

16

986. Puustjarvi, V. 1957. On the base status of peat soils.. Acta Agric. Scandinavica 7:190-223.

16 18

987. Puustjarvi, V. 1959. On the cation uptake mechanism of Sphagnum mosses. J. Sci. Agr. Soc. Finland 31:103-119.

8 16

988. Puustjarvi, V. 1968. Cation exchange capacity in Sphagnum mosses anq its effect on nutrient and water absorption. Peat and Plant News 1(4}:54-58.

16 17

989. Puustjarvi, V. 1972. Rapid method for measuring the structure of peat. Peat and Plant Yearbook, pp. 8-10.

26

990. Puustjarvi, V., & R.A. Robertson. 1975. Physical and chemical properties. In: Peat in Horticulture, Academic Press, pp. 23-28.

14 16

991. Radforth, N.W., & C.O. Brawner, (eds.). 1977. Muskeg and the Northern Environment in Canada. University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 399

992.

p. 1 234

Radley, J. 1962. west Yorkshire.

12 13 14 16 22 24 25

Peat erosion on the high moors of Derbyshire and E. Midld. Geogr. 3:40-50.

14

993. Radley, J. 1965. Significance of major moorland fires. Nature 205:1254-1259.

23

994. Raevaara, H. 1981. Soil fauna in three pine bog sites. Suo 32:123-125.

6 11

995. Rakhmanina, A.T. 1970. Vodnyi rezhim rastenii. (The water regime of plants). In: Ekologiya i biologiya rastenii vostochnoevropeiskoi leso tundry, B.N. Norin ed., Nauka, Leningrad, pp. 253-302.

7

27

Page 86: A TlA 0 BIBll

996. Ranta, J. 1979. A comparison between the decomposition degree of peat and thermoanalytical information. Suo 30:43-46.

14 20 26

997. Rashid, M.A. 1974. Absorption of metals on sedimentary and peat humic acids. Chern. Geol. 13:115-123.

16

998. Ratcliffe, D.A, & D. Walker. 1958. The Silver Flowe, Galloway, Scotland. J. Ecol. 46:407-445. 3 5 12 13

999. Rave, A., & Y. Avnimelech 1972. A probe for the measurement of redox potential profile in organic soils. Proc. 4th Int. Peat. Congr. Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 4:263-270.

16 26

1000. Rawes, M., & O.W. Heal. 1978. The blanket bog as part of a Pennine Moorland. In: Production Ecology of British Moors and Montane Grasslands, eds. O.W. Heal & D.F. Perkins, Ecological Studies 27:224-245, Springer-Verlag, NY.

1001.

234

Rawes, M., & R. Hobbs. 1979. Management of semi-natural blanket bog in northern Pennines. J. Ecol. 67:789-807.

25

1002. Raymond, R. Jr., & M.J. Andrejko (eds.). 1983. Mineral matter in peat: Its occurrence, form and distribution. Proceedings of Workshop Los Alamos Nat. Laboratory, Sept. 26-30, 1983.

14 16

1003. Raymond, R. Jr., M.J. Andrejko & s.\v. Bandin. 1983 •. Application of scanning electron microscopy to the study of mineral matter in peat. In: Proc. of the Int. Symp. on Peat Utilization, Bemidji, f1N. October, 1983, in press.

14 26

1004. Reader, R.J. 1975. Competitive relationships of some bog ericads for major insect pollinators. Can. J. Bot. 53:1300-1305.

5 6 7 11

1005. Reader, R.J. 1978. Contribution of overwintering leaves to the growth of three broad-leaved, evergreen shrubs belonging to the Ericaceae family. Can. J. Bot. 56:1248-1261.

16 17 18

1006. Reader, R.J. 1978. Primary production in northern bog marshes. In:

1007.

Freshwater Wetlands, eds. R.E. Good, D.F. Whigham, & R.L. Simpson, Academic Press, NY, pp. 53-62.

Reader, R.J. ericads.

18

1979. Impact of leaf-feeding insects on three bog Can. J. Bot. 57:2107-2112.

7 11 18

Page 87: A TlA 0 BIBll

1008. Reader, R.J. 1980. Effects of nitrogen fertilizer, shade, and removal of new growth on longevity of overwintering bog ericad leaves. Can. J. Bot. 58:1737-1743.

7 16 18

1009. Reader, R.J. 1982. Geographic variation in the shoot productivity of bog shrubs and some environmental correlates. Can. J. Bot. 60:340-348.

7 18

1010. Reader, R.J., & J.M. Stewart. 1971. Net primary productivity of bog vegetation in southeastern Manitoba. Can. J. Bot. 49:1471-1477.

18

1011. Reader, R.J., & J.M. Stewart. 1972. The relationship between net primary production and accumulation for a peatland in southeastern Manitoba. Ecology 53:1024-1037.

18 19

1012. Reeburgh, W.S. 1967. An improved intertidal water sampler. Limnol. Oceanogr. 12:163-165.

26

1013. Reiners, W.A. 1968. Minnesota forests.

Carbon dioxide evolution from the floor of three Ecology 49:471-483.

17 20

1014. Reiners, W.A. 1972. Structure and energetics of three Minnesota forests. Ecol. Monogr. 42:71-94.

18

1015. Reiners, W.A., & N.M. Reiners. 1970. Energy and nutrient dynamics of forest floors in three Minnesota forests. J. Ecol. 58:497-519.

17 18 20

1016. Rencz, A., & A.N.D. Auclair. 1978. Biomass distribution in a subarctic Picea marjana-Cladonja alpestris wood land. Can. J. of Forest Res. 8:168-176.

18

1017. Rencz, A., & A.N.D. Auclair. 1980. Dimension analysis of various components of black spruce in subarctic lichen woodland. Can. J. Forest Res. 10:491-497.

18

1018. Renger, M., R. Bartels, O. Strebel, & W. Giesel. 1976. Kapillarer Aufstieg aus dem Grundwasser und infiltration bei Moorboden. Geol. Jahrb. F3:9-51.

13 14

1019. Richardson, C.J. 1979. Primary productivity values in fresh water wetlands. In: Wetland Functions and Values: The State of Our Understanding, eds. P.E. Greeson, J.R. Clark & J.E. Clark, American Water Resources Assoc., pp. 131-145.

18

Page 88: A TlA 0 BIBll

1020. Richardson, C.J. 1981. Pocosins: Ecosystem processes and the influence of man on system response. In: Pocosin Wetlands: An Integrated Analysis of Coastal Plain Freshwater Bogs in North Carolina, ed. C.J. Richardson, Hutchinson Ross Publ. Co., Stroudsburg, PA, pp. 3-19. 3 24 25

1021. Richardson, C. J. (ed.). 1981. Pocosin Hetlands: An Integrated Analysis of Coastal Plain Freshwater Bogs in North Carolina. Hutchinson Ross Publ. Co., Stroudsburg, PA, 364 p. 3 5 12 13 24 25

1022. Richardson, C.J., D. Can, & R.H. Evans. 1981. Pocosins: an ecosystem in transition. In: Pocosin \vetlands: An Integrated Analysis of Coastal Plain Freshwater Bogs in North Carolina, ed. C.J. Richardson, Hutchinson Ross Publ. Co., Stroudsburg, PA, pp. 135-151. 3

1023. Richardson, C.J., D.L. Tilton, J.A. Kadlec, J.P.t1. Chamie, & W.A. Wentz. 1978. Nutrient dynamics of northern wetland ecosystems. In: Freshwater Wetlands, ed. R.E. Good, D.F. Hhigham & R.L. Simpson, Academic Press, NY, pp. 217-241.

17

1024. Rickard, W.H., & L.L. Eberhardt. 1971. Fallout radiocesium in sedges and trout of a Cascade Mountain bog. In: Radionuclides in Ecosystems, U.S. AEC CONF 701501-P1, pp. 349-353.

15 17

1025. Rigg, G.B. 1916. Physical conditions in Spha~num bogs. Bot. Gaz. 61:159-163.

1026. Rigg, G.B. America. 3

14

1940. The development of Sphagnum bogs in North Bot. Rev. 6:666-693.

22

1027. Rigg, G.B. 1947. Soil and air temperatures in a Spha~num bog of the Pacific coast of North America. Am. J. Bot. 34:462-469.

13

1028. Rigg, G.B., Thompson, T.G. Lorah, J.R., & K.T. Williams. 1927. Dissolved gases in waters of some Puget Sound bogs. Bot. Gaz. 84:264-278.

16

1029. Robertson, R.A., I.A. Nicholson, & R. Hughes. 1968. Runoff studies on a peat catchment. Proc. 2nd Int. Peat Congr., Leningrad, USSR, 1963, 1:161-166. H.M.S.O., Edinburgh.

13 24

1030. Romanov, V.V. 1953. Issledovanie ispareniya so sfagnovykh bolot. (Research into evaporation from Sphagnum mires). Tr. Gos. Gidrol. Inst. 39:116-135.

13 14

Page 89: A TlA 0 BIBll

1031. Romanov, V.V. 1956. Gidrofizicheskie metody rascheta vodnogo balansa bolotov. Pochvovedenie 1956(8):49-56. (Hydrophysical methods of calculating the water balance of bogs. OTS 60-21121. U.S. Dept. Commerce, Vlashington, D.C.).

13 14

1032. Romanov, V.V. 1961. Hydrophysics of Bogs. (Transl. TT 675128, Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem), 299 p. Gimiz Gidrometeorologicheskoe Izdatel'stuo, Leningrad.

13 14

1033. Romanov, V.V. 1962. Evaporation from bogs of the European territory of the U.S.S.R. (Transl. TT 67-51293), 183 p. Gimiz Gidrometerol. Izdatel'stvo, Leningrad.

13

1034. Romanova, E.A. 1961. Geobotanicheskie osnovy gidrologicheskogo izlucheniya verhovykh bolot (c ispol zovaniem aerofotos' emki). (Radiation (utilising air photogrammetry) in relation to the geobotanical and hydrological elements of raised mires). Gidro meteoizdat, Leningrad, 244 p. 3 4 5 13 14

1035. Rosswall, T., & U. Granhall. 1980. Nitrogen cycling in a subarctic ombrotrophic mire. In: Ecology of a subarctic mire, ed. M. Sones son , Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 30:209-234.

17

1036. Rosswall, T., A.K. Veum, & L. Karenlampi. 1975. Plant litter decomposition at Fennoscandian tundra sites. In: Fennoscandian Tundra Ecosystems, Part I. ed. F.E. Wielgolaski. Ecological Studies 16:268-278, Springer-Verlag, NY. Springer-Verlag, NY.

20

1037. Rosswall, T., J.G.K. Flower-Ellis, L.G. Johansson, S. Jonsson, B.E.

1038.

1039.

Ryden, & M. ecosystems, 20:265-294.

Sonesson. 1975. In: Structure and function of tundra eqs. T. Rosswall & O.W. Heal, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm)

1 356

Rosswall, T., R.B. Berg, & H. Lundkvist. 1973. Use of cellulose in field decomposition experiments. Technical Report No. 16, International Biological Programme, Swedish Tundra Biome Project, pp. 109-121.

Rubec, C.D.A., & F.C. Pollett, (ed.). 1979. on Canadian Wetlands. Environment Canada, Ecological Land Classification Series. No.

1 3

20 26

Proceedings of a \-Jorkshop Lands Directorate, 12, 90 p.

26

1040. Rudolf, K., & F. Firbas. 1927. Die Moore des Riesengebirges. Beih. Bot. Zentbl. 43(2):69-144. 345

Page 90: A TlA 0 BIBll

1041. Rudolph, H. 1963. Kultur von Hochmoor Sphagnen unter definierten Bedingungen. Beitr. BioI. Pflanzen 39:153-177.

8

1042. Rudolph, H., & K. Brehm. 1965. Kationenaufnahme durch Ionenaustausch? Neue Gesichtspunkte zur Frage der Ernahrungsphysiologie der Sphagnen. Ber. Dtsch. Bot. Ges. 78:484-49l.

16

1043. Rummery, ToA., J. Bloemendal, J. Dearing, F. Oldfield, & R. Thompson. 1979. The persistence of fire-induced magnetic oxides in soils and lake sediments. Ann. Geophys. 35:103-107.

22

1044. Rump, H.H., K. Van Werden, & R. Hermann. 1977. Uber die vertikale anderung von Hetallkonzentrationen in einem Hochmoor. Catena 4:149-164.

1045.

1046.

16

Rutter, A.J. 1955. The composition of wet-heath vegetation in relation to the water table. J. Ecol. 43:507-543.

5 13

Ruuhijarvi, R. 1960. Uber die regionale Einteilung der nordfinnische I"ioore. linn. Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn. Vanamo 31: 1-360.

123 '5

1047. Ruuhijarvi, R. 1970. Subarctic peatlands and their utilization. In: Ecology of the Subarctic Regions UNESCO, Paris, pp. 319-326.

24

1048. Rycroft, E.H., D.J.A. Hilliams, & H.A.P. Ingram. 1975. The transmission of water through peat. J. Ecol. 63:535-568.

14

1049. Ryden, B.E. 1981. Hydrology of northern tundra. In: Tundra Ecosystems: A Comparative Analysis, eds. L.C. Bliss, O.H. Heal, & J.J. Moore, Cambridge University Press, pp.139-180.

1050.

13

Ryden, B.E., L. Fors, & L. Kostov. 1980. tundra soil-water system at Stordalen, Subarctic Mire, ed. M. Sonesson, Ecol.

13

Physical properties of the Abisko. In: Ecology of a Bull. (Stockholm) 30:27-54.

1051. RUhling, A., & G. Tyler. 1970. Sorption and retention of heavy metals in the woodland moss Hylocorniurn splendens (Hedw.) Br. et Sch. Oikos 21:92-97.

8 151617

1052. RUhling, A., & G. Tyler. 1971. Regional differences in the deposition of heavy metals over Scandinavia. J. Appl. Ecol. 8:497-507.

15 16

Page 91: A TlA 0 BIBll

1053. Saarinen, E.K.E. 1933. (Soiden pintaturpeen korkeuska svusta.) Uber das Hohenwachstum des Oberflachentorfes auf den Hooren. Comm. Inst. Forest. Fenniae 191-32.

4 18 19

1054. Saeb¢, S. 1968. The autecology of Rubus chamaemorus L. I. Phosphorus economy of Rubus chamaernorus in an ombrotrophic mire. Sci. Rpts. Agr. ColI. Norway 47: 1-67 •

7 16

1055. Saeb~, S. 1969. On the mechanism behind the effect of freezing and thawing on dissolved phosphorus in Sphagnum fuscllrn peat. Sci. Rpts. Agr. ColI. Norway 48(14):1-10.

12 14 16 17

1056. Saeby;, S. 1970. The autecology of Rubus charnaernorus L. II. Nitrogen economy of of Rubus chamaeomorus in an ombrotrophic mire. Sci. Rpts. Agr. ColI. Norway 49(9):1-37.

7 16

1057. Saito, K. 1963. Ecological Studies of the Takadayachi Moor in the Hakkoda mountains. III. Relation between the vegetation and peat. Ecol. Rev. 16(1):33-37.

4 12 16

1058. Sakaguchi, Y. 1980. On the genesis of banks and hollows in peat bogs: an explanation by a Thatch-Line Theory. Bull. Dept. Geogr. Univ. Tokyo, No. 12:35-58.

4

1059. Sallantaus, T., & A. Patila. 1983. Runoff and water quality in peatland drainage areas. Proc. Int. Peat Symp. on Forest Drainage, Tallinn, USSR, Sept. 19-23, 1983, pp. 183-202.

13

1060. Salmi, M. 1969. Tienvarsien-saastuminen Suomessa (Contamination of roadsides in Finland). Terra 81:229-233.

1 15 16 26

1061. Salmi, M. 1970. Development of palsas in Finnish Lapland. Proc. 3rd Int. Peat Congr., Quebec, 1968, pp. 182-189. 3 4 12

1062. Salmi, M. 1972. Present development stages of palsas in Finland. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, pp. 121-141. 3 12

1063. Schalin, 1., & K. Mustanoja. 1968. Turpeen pH in mittausmenetalmia (Hethods of pH determination in peat soils). Suo 19:24-30. (In Finnish with English summary).

16 26

1064. Scheffer, B. 1975. Kritische Sichtung der konventionellen Methoden der Humusuntersuchungen in der Moor- und Bodenkund. Telma 4:175-181.

26

Page 92: A TlA 0 BIBll

1065. Schell, D. 1983. Carbon-13 and Carbon-14 abundances in Alaskan aquatic organisms: delayed production from peat in Arctic food webs. Science 219:1068-1071.

16 17 18 22

1066. Schenk, E. 1966. Origin of string bogs. In: Permafrost: Proc. Int. Conf. Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington, DC, pp. 155-160.

4 12

1067. Schenk, E. 1970. On the string formation in the aapa moors and raised bogs of Finland. In: Ecology of the Subarctic Regions, UNESCO, Paris, pp. 335-342.

4 12

1068. Schiegel, W.E. 1972. Deuterium-content of peat as a paleoclimatic recorder. Science 175:512-513.

26

1069. Schlesinger, VI.H. 1978. Community structure, dynamics and nutrient cycling in the Okefenokee cypress swamp forest. Ecol. t1onogr. 48:43-65. 3 5 16 17

1070. Schlesinger, W.H. 1978. On the relative dominance of shrubs in Okefenokee Swamp. Amer. Nat. 112:949-954.

5 7 18

1071. Schlesinger, W.H., & B.F. Chabot. 1977. The use of water and minerals by evergreen and deciduous shrubs in Okefenokee swamp. Bot. Gaz. 138:490-497.

7 13 17

1072. Schrneidl, H. 1962. Kleinklimatische Vergleiche in tvIoorgebieten. \'let ter und Leben 14: 7 -82. (Engl. Summary).

13

1073. Schmeidl, H. 1964. Oberflachentemperaturen in Hochmooren. Hetter und Leben 17: 87 -97.

13

1074. Schneekloth, H. 1970. The significance of the limiting horizon for the chronostratigraphy of raised bogs: results of a critical investigation. Proc. 3rd Int. Peat Congr., Quebec, 1968, pp. 116-118.

12 22

1075. Schneekloth, H. 1979. Peat deposit or nature reserve? A new method for the objective evaluation of peatlands. Proc. Int. Syrnp. on Classification of Peat and Peatlands, Hyytiala, Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 313-317.

25

1076. Schneekloth, H., & S. Schneider. 1972. Vorschlag zur Klassifizierung der Torfe und Moore in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Telma 2:57-63.

2

Page 93: A TlA 0 BIBll

1077. Schnitzer, M. 1967. Humic-fulvic acid relationship in organic soils and humification of the organic matter in these soils. Can. J. Soil Sci. 47: 245-250.

16

1078. Schnitzer, M., & J.G. Desjardines. 1965. Carboxyl and phenolic hydroxyl groups in some organic soils and their relation to the degree of hurnification. Can. J. Soil Sci. 45:257-264.

14 16

1079. Schnitzer, M., & J.G. Desjardins. 1966. Oxygen containing functional groups in organic soils and their relation to the degree of humification as determined by solubility in pyrophosphate solution. Can. J. Soil. Sci. 46:237-243.

26

1080. Schnitzer, M., & S.V. Khan (eds.). 1978. Soil Organic Natter, Developments in Soil Science. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 319 p.

16

1081. Schuch, M. 1964. Bestirnrnung der \.JasserdurchUissigkeit nach der Bohrlochmethode und ungestorten Bodenproben in Bayerischen Moorvorkornrnen. Nitt. Deutsch. Bodenkundl. Gesell. 2:169-177.

13 26

1082. Schuch, M. J965. Ein neues Gerat zur Bestirnrnung der Wasserdurchlassigkeit an Stechzylinderproben. Zeitschr. Kulturtechn. Flurbereiningung 6:118-121. (Engl. Summary).

13 26

1083. Schuch, M. 1965. Ein neues Gerat zur Entnahrne ungestorter, stark faseriger Moorbodenproben. Die Bodenkultur 16:321-324. (Engl. Summa ry) •

13 26

1084. Schwaar, J. 1972. Lebende Hurzeln in Hoch-und Niedermooren. Telma 2:73-82.

7

1085. Schwaar, J. 1973. Wurzeluntersuchungen auf MoorbOden. Telma 3: 119-136.

7

1086. Schwaar, J. 1976. Die Hochmoore Feuerlands und ihre Pflanzengesellschaften. Telma 6:51-59. 3 5

1087. Schwintzer, C.R. 1978. Nutrient and water levels in a small Michigan bog with high tree mortality. Amer. MidI. Nat. 100:441-451.

13 16

1088. Schwintzer, C.R. 1979. Nitrogen fixation by Myrjca gala root nodules in a Massachusetts wetland. Oecologia 43:283-294.

7 17

Page 94: A TlA 0 BIBll

1089. Schwintzer, C.R. 1979. Vegetation changes following a water level rise and tree mortality in a Michigan bog. Mich. Botanist 18:91-98.

24

1090. Schwintzer, C.R. 1981. Vegetation and nutrient status of northern Michigan bogs and conifer s!'-Iamps with a comparison to ferns. Can. J. Bot. 59:842-853.

1091.

5

Schwintzer, C.R., & G. Williams. Michigan bog from 1917-1972.

5

1974. Vegetation changes in a small Amer. t1idl. Nat. 92:447-459.

1092. Schwintzer, C.R., & T.T. Tomberlin. 1982. Chemical and physical characteristics of shallow ground waters in northern Hichigan bogs, swamps, and fens. Am. J. Bot. 69:1231-1239.

3 16

1093. Sears, P.B., & M. Janson. 1933. The rate of peat growth in the Erie Basin. Ecology 14:348-355.

19

1094. Segadas-Vianna, F. 1955. Ecological study of peat bogs in eastern North America. II. The Chamaedaphne calyculata community in Quebec and Ontario. Can. J. Bot. 33:647-684. 3 5

1095. Sepponen, P., H. Haapala, R. Hiltunen, & J. Haggman. 1978. The nutrient ecology of certain mires in the parish of Ylikiiminki. Aquilo , Sere Bot. 16:1-15.

1096.

1097.

3 12

Shaban, N.S., & V.N. Pyatnitshig. 1978. of nutrients by plants on peat soils.

13 16

Groundwater levels and uptake Soviet Soil Sci. 10:618-627. 18

Shapiro, J. 1964. metals in water.

Effect of yellow organic acids on iron and other Am. Waterworks Assoc. Jour. 56:1062-1082.

1

1098. Shapiro, R.F. 1958. Effect of flooding on availability of phosphorus and nitrogen. Soil Science 85:190-197.

13 16

1099. Shaver, G.R. 1981. Mineral nutrition and leaf longevity in an evergreen shrub, Ledum palustre ssp. decumbens. Oecologia 49:362-365.

7 16 17

1100. Shaver, G.R. 1983. Mineral nutrition and leaf longevity in Ledum palustre: the role of individual nutrients and the timing of leaf mortality. Oecologia 56:160-165.

7 16 17

Page 95: A TlA 0 BIBll

1101. Shaver, G.R., & F.S. Chapin. 1980. Response to fertilization by various plant growth forms in an Alaskan tundra: nutrient accumulation and growth. Ecology 61:662-675.

18 24

1102. Shaver, G.R., & J. Cutler. 1979. The vertical distribution of phytornass in cottongrass-tussock tundra. Arctic and Alpine Res. 11:335-242.

1103. Shaver, G.R., & W.D. Billings. 1975. turnover in a wet tundra ecosystem, 56:401-409.

7

18

Root production and root Barrow, Alaska. Ecology

18

1104. Shickluna, J.A., & R.E. Lucas. 1963. The pH, phosphorus, potassium, calcium and magnesium status of organic soils in ~1ichigan. Hichigan Quarterly Bulletin 45:417-425.

16

1105. Siegel, D.I. 1981. Hydrogeologic setting of the Glacial Lake Agassiz peatlands, Northern Hinnesota. US Geological Survey, Water Resources Investigations 81-2424, 39 p. 3 13

1106. Siegel, D.I. 1983. Ground water and evolution of patterned mires, Glacial Lake Agassiz peatlands, northern Minnesota. J. Ecol. 71 :913-922.

4 12 13

1107. Silc, T., & W. Stanek. 1977. Bulk density estimation of several peats in northern Ontario using the von Post Humification Scale. Tech. Note., Can. J. Soil Sci. 57:75.

26

1108. Sillanpaa, M. 1972. Distribution of trace elements in peat profiles. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congress, Ontaniemi, Finland, 1972, 5:185-191.

15 16

1109. Silvola, J., & I. Hanski. 1979. Carbon accumulation in a raised bog.

1110.

Oecologia 37:285-295.

Silvola, J., & S. Heikkinen. 1979. ni~rum-Spbagnuffi f)]sCIJffi community.

19

C02 exchange in the Empetrum Oecologia 37:273-283.

18

1111. Sirnmonsson, P., & B.M. LindstrOm. 1978. Myrar i vastra Ramsele., Angermanland. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 71:419-428. 3

1112. Simola, H., & M. Lodenius. 1982. Recent increase in mercury sedimentation in a forest lake attributable to peatland drainage. Bull. Environm. Contam. Toxicol. 29:298-305.

24

Page 96: A TlA 0 BIBll

1113. Simola, L.K. 1977. The tolerance of Spba~num fimbriatum towards lead and cadmium. Ann. Bot. Fennici 14:1-5.

8

1114. Sims, R.A., & J.M. Stewart. 1981. Aerial biomass distribution in an undisturbed and disturbed subarctic bog. Can. J. Bot. 59:782-786.

18

1115. Sims, R.A., D.W. Cowell, & G.M. Wickware. 1982. The use of vegetational physiognomy in classifying treed peatlands near southern James Bay, Ontario. Naturaliste Canadien 109:611-619

2 3 4 5

1116. Sinker, C.A. 1962. The north Shropshire meres and mosses: a background for ecologists. Field Studies 1:101-138.

5 6

1117. Sipos, S., I. Dekany, F. Szanto, & E. Sipos. 1972. Investigations of humic acids and metal humates with analytical ultracentrifuge. Acta Phys. Chern. Hongr. 18:253-257.

16

1118. Sjors, H. 1948. Hyrvegetation i Bergslagen. Acta Phytogeogr. Suecica 21:1-299.

1 2 3 4 5 12 13 27

1119. Sjors, H. 1950. Regional studies in north Swedish mire vegetation. Bot. Notiser 103:174-222. Lund. 3 5 12 27

1120. Sjors, H. 1952. On the relation between vegetation and electrolytes in north Swedish mire waters. Oikos 2:241-258.

5 16

1121. Sjors, H. 1959. Bogs and fens in the Hudson Bay lowlands. Arctic 12:2-19.

234

1122. Sjors, H. 1961. Forest and peatland at Hawley Lake, northern Ontario. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada 171:1-31. 345

1123. Sjors, H. 1961. Some chemical properties of the humus layer in Swedish natural soils. Kungl. Skogshogskolans Skr., No. 37, 51 p.

16

1124. Sjors, H. 1961. Surface patterns in boreal peatland. Endeavour 20:217-224.

1125.

3

Sjors, H. 1963. Bogs and fens on Attawapiskat River, Northern Ontario. Bull. Nat. Huseum Canada 186:45-133.

1 2 3 4 5 7 12 22 27

1126. Sj ors, H. 1965. Northern mires. Acta Phytogeogr. Suecica 50: 180-188. 345

Page 97: A TlA 0 BIBll

1121. Sjeirs, H. 1980. An arrangement of changes along gradients, with examples from successions in boreal peatlands. Vegetatio 43:1-4.

12

1128. Sjors, H. 1980. Peat on earth: multiple use or conservation? Ambio. pp. 303-308.

1 25

1129. Skartveit, A., B.E. Ryden, & L. Karenlampi. 1915. Climate and hydrology of some Fennoscandian tundra ecosystems. In: Fennoscandian Tundra Ecosystems, ed. F.E. Wielgolaski, Ecological Studies 16:41-53, Springer-Verlag, NY.

1130. Skre, o. 1915. Carbon dioxide exchange in Norwegian tundra plants studied by infra red gas analysis technique. In: Fennoscandian Tundra Ecosystems, Part I. ed. F.E. Wielgolaski, Ecological Studies 16:168-183, Springer-Verlag, NY.

5 18 26

1131. Skre, 0., & W.C. Oechel. 1919. Hoss production in a black spruce pjcea mariana forest with permafrost, Fairbanks, Alaska, as compared with two perma-frost-free stands. Holarctic Ecology 2:249-254. 3 18 19

1132. Skre, 0., & 1,.1.C. Oechel. 1981. Hoss functioning in different taiga ecosystems of interior Alaska. I. Seasonal, phenotypic, and drought effects of photosynthesis and response patterns. Oecologia 48:50-59.

8 18

1133. Slater, F.M., & A.D.Q. Agnew. 1911. Observations on a peat bog's ability to withstand increasing public pressure. Biol. Conserv. 11:21-21.

24 25

1134. Sluka, Z.A. 1915. Effects of the environment on the morphological structure and biological properties of Sphagnum ma~elJanicum Brid. (In Russian). Nauch. Dokl. Vyssh. Shk. Biol. Nauki. 133:54-51.

12

1135. Small, E. 1912. Ecological significance of four critical elements in plants of raised Sphagnum peat bogs. Ecology 53:498-503.

1

1136. Small, E. 1912. Photosynthetic rates in relation to nitrogen recycling as an adaptation to nutrient deficiency in peat bog plants. Can. J. Bot. 50:2221-2233

1131. Small, E. bogs.

16 11 18

1912. Water relations of plants in raised Sphagnum peat Ecology 53:126-128.

1 13

Page 98: A TlA 0 BIBll

1138. Smart, P.J. 1982. Stratigraphy of a site in the Hunsary Dubh Lochs, Caithness, northern Scotland: development of the present pattern. J. Ecol 70:549-558.

4 22

1139. Smirnov, N.N. 1961. Food cycles in Sphagnum bogs. Hydrobiologia 17:175-182.

17

1140. Smith, D.B. 1965. Radioactive isotopes in the measurement of water movement. In: Proceedings of a Heres and Hires Conference, Shrewsbury, 1965, ed. P. Oswald and A. Herbert, London Nature Conservancy, pp. 8-12.

13

1141. Smith, R.A.H., & G.I. Forrest. 1978. Field estimates of primary production. In: Production Ecology of British Moors and Montane Grasslands, ed. O.W. Heal and D.F. Perkins, Ecological Studies 27:17-27, Springer-Verlag, NY.

18

1142. Sneddon, J.I., L. Farstad, & L.M. Lavkulich. 1971. Fibre content determination and the expression of results in organic soils. Can. J. Soil Sci. 51:138-141.

26

1143. Sokolov, A.A., & T.G. Chapman (eds.). 1974. Methods for \1ater Balance Computation, UNESCO Press, Paris, 127 p.

13 24

1144. Solantie, R. 1974. The influence of water balance in summer on forest and peatland vegetation and bird fauna, and through the temperature on agricultural conditions in Finland. (Finnish with English summary). Silva Fennica 8:160-184.

5 6 13 14

1145. Sonesson, M. 1967. Studies on mire vegetation in the Tornetrask area, northern Sweden. I. Regional aspects. Bot. Notiser 120:272-296. Lund.

3

1146. Sonesson, M. 1969. Studies on mire vegetation in the Tornetrask area, northern Sweden. II. Winter conditions of the poor mires. Bot. Notiser 122:481-511. Lund.

1147.

1148.

5

Sonesson, M. 1970. Studies on mire vegetation Northern Sweden. IV. Some habitat conditions Bot. Notiser 123:67-111. Lund.

4 5 12 14 16

in the Tornetrask area, of the poor mires.

Sonesson, M. 1970. northern Sweden. 26:1-120.

Studies on mire vegetation in the Tornetrask area, III. Communities of the poor mires. Opera Botanica

5

Page 99: A TlA 0 BIBll

1149. Sonesson, M. 1972. Studies in production and turnover of bryophytes at Stordalen, 1972. In: Swedish IBP, Tundra Biome Project, Tech. Rept. No. 14, pp. 66-75.

18

1150. Sonesson, M. 1980. Ecology of a Subartic Mire. Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 30, 313p.

1 3 5 7 8 14 17 18 27

1151. Sones son , M., & E. Kvillner. 1980. Plant communities of the Stordalen mire: A comparison between numerical and non-numerical classification methods. In: Ecology of a Subarctic Mire, ed. M. Sonesson, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 30:113-127.

1152.

5 26

Sonesson, M., & Johansson, S. Biological Programme. In: Dept. No. 16, pp. 17-27.

8

1973. Bryophyte growth, Stordalen 1973, Swedish IBP, Tundra Biome Project, Tech.

18

1153. Sonesson, M., S. Persson, K. Basilier, & T.A. Stenstrom. 1980. Growth of Sphagnum riparium Angstr. in relation to some

1154.

environmental factors in the Stordalen Mire. In: Ecology of a Subarctic Mire, ed. M. Sonesson, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 30:191-207.

8 18

South, G.R. ed. Newfoundland.

135

1982. Biogeography and Ecology of the Island of Junk, The Hague, 548 p.

1155. Sowden, F.J., H. t1orita, & M. Levesque. 1978. Organic nitrogen distribution in selected peats and peat fractions. Can. J. Soil Sci. 58:237-249.

16

1156. Sparling, J. 1962. Occurrence of Schopnus njgrjcans L. in the blanket bogs of western Ireland and northwest Scotland. Nature 195:723-724.

7

1157. Sparling, J .G. 1966. Studies on the relationship between \-Iater movement and water chemistry in mires. Can. J. Bot. 44:747-758.

13 16

1158. Sparling, J.H. 1967. The occurrence of SchoenJJs nigrjcans L. in blanket bogs. II. Experiments on the growth of ~ njgricans under controlled conditions. J. Ecol. 55:15-31.

5 7 16

1159. Sparling, J.H. 1967. The occurrence of Schoenus nigrjcans in blanket bogs. I. Environmental conditions affecting the growth of ~ nigricans in blanket bogs. J. Ecol. 55:1-13.

7 16

Page 100: A TlA 0 BIBll

1160. Spatt, Peter, & Michael C. Miller. 1981. Growth conditions and vitality of Spha~num in a tundra community along the Alaska Pipeline Haul Road. Arctic 34:48-54.

8 12 18

1161. Spearing, A.M. 1972. Cation-exchange capacity and galacturonic acid content of several species of Spha~num in Sandy Ridge bog, central New York State. Bryologist 75:154-158.

16

1162. Spitzer, K. von. 1981. Okologie und biogeographie der bedrohten schmetterlinge der sUdbohmischen Hochmoore. Beih. veroff. Naturschutz Landschafts pflege Bad. - wUrtt. 21:125-131.

11

1163. Sprent, J.I., R. Scott, & K.M. Perry. 1978. The nitrogen economy of Myrica ~ in the field. J. Ecol. 66:657-668.

7 17

1164. Springett, J.A. 1970. The distribution and life histories of some moorland Enchytraeidae (Oligochaeta). J. Anim. Ecol. 39:725-737.

11

1165. Springett, J.A., & P.M. Latter. 1977. Studies on the microfauna of blanket bog with particular reference to Enchytraeidae. 1. Field and Laboratory tests of micro-organisms as food. J. Anim. Ecol. 46:959-974.

11

1166. Springett, J.A., J.E. Brittain, & B.P. Springett. 1970. Vertical movements of Enchytraeidae (Oligochaeta) in moorland soils. Oikos 21: 16-21.

11

1167. Standen, V. 1978. The influence of soil fauna on decomposition by micro-organisms in blanket bog litter. J. Anim. Ecol. '47:25-38.

11 20 21

1168. Standen, V., & P.M. Latter. 1977. Distribution of a population of Cognettja spbagnetorum (Enchytraeidae) in relation to microhabitats in a blanket bog. J. Anim. Ecol. 46:213-229.

1169. Stanek, W. 1961. mariana (Mill.) 37:245-258.

7

11

Natural layering of black spruce Pjcea B.S.P. in northern Ontario. Forestry Chronicle

1170. Stanek, W. 1963. A note on the collection of organic soils in situ for physical property tests and mounting of profiles. Can. J. Soil Sci. 43:401-402.

1171. Stanek, W. 1973. Comparisons of methods of pH determination for organic terrain surveys. Can. J. Soil. Sci. 53:177-183.

26

26

Page 101: A TlA 0 BIBll

1172. Stanek, W. 1976. Annotated bibliography of peatland forestry. Environment Canada Libraries, Bibliography Series 76/1. Ottawa, 205 p.

27

1173. Stanek, W., & T. Silc. 1976. An instrument and technique for collecting peat core samples in peatland surveys. Can. J. Soil Sci. 56:59-61.

26

1174. Stanek, W., & T. Silc. 1977. Comparisons of four methods for determination of degree of peat humification (decomposition) with emphasis on the von Post method. Can. J. Soil Sci. 57:109-117.

26

1175. Stanek, W., J.K. Jeglum, & L. Orloci. 1977. Comparisons of peatland types using macronutrient contents of peat. Vegetatio 33:163-173.

2 16

1176. Steelink, C. 1977. Humates and other natural organic substances in the aquatic environment. J. Chern. Ed. 54:599-603.

16

1177. Stelfox, A.H., J.G.J. Kuiper, N.F. McMillan, & G.F. Mitchell. 1972. The late-glacial and post-glacial mollusca of the Hhite Bog, Co. Down. Proc. R. Ir. Acad., B. 72:185-207.

6 ~

1178. Stewart, J.t1. 1963. An understanding of peat organization on the basis of cuticular studies. Proc. 9th Huskeg Res. Conf., Nat. Res. Council of Canada, 81:184.

26

1179. Stewart, J.M. et ale 1972. Some considerations of production/accumulation dynamics in organic terrain. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 1:247-258.

18 19

1180. Stewart, J.M., & E.A.C. Follett. 1966. The electron microscopy of leaf surfaces preserved in peat. Can. J. Bot. 44:421-428.

26

1181. Stewart, J.M., & S.E. Durno. 1969. Structural variations in peat. New Phytol. 68:167-182.

14

1182. Stocker, O. 1923. Die Transpiration und Wasserokologie nordwestdeutscher Heide und Moorpflanzen am Standort. Z. Bot. 15: 1-41.

7 8 13 14

1183. Stoner, W.A., P.C. Miller, & W.C. Oechel. 1978. Simulation of the effect of the tundra vascular plant canopy on the productivity of four plant species. In: Vegetation and Production Ecology of An Alaskan Arctic Tundra, ed. L. Tieszen, Ecological Studies 29:371-387. Springer-Verlag, NY.

7 8 18

Page 102: A TlA 0 BIBll

1184. Stout, J.D. 1961. A bacterial survey of some NeH Zealand forest lands, grasslands, and peats. N.Z.J. Agric. Res. 4:1-30.

21

1185. Stove, G.C., & R.A. Robertson. 1980. Entwicklung von photogrammetrischen und Fernerkundungs-Verfahren zur Vermessun~ von Hooren und der LandnutzunR: in Schottland. Telma 10:67-82.

26

1186. Stur~es, D.L. 1968. Evapotranspiration at a Wyoming bog. J. Soil & Hater Conserve 23:23-25.

13

1187. Sturges, D.L. 1968. Hydrologic properties of peat from 8 Wyoming mountain bog. Soil Sci. 106:262-264.

14

1188. Summerfield. R.J. 1973. Factors affecting the germination and seedling establishment of Narthecium ossifragum on mire systems. J. Ecol. 61:387-398.

18

1189. Summerfield, R.J. 1974. The reliability of mire v.later chemical analysis data as an index of plant nutrient availability. Plant and Soil 40:97-106.

1190.

1191.

Summerfield, R.J., & J.O. thawing as a factor in ecosystems. Plant and

Summerfield, R.J., & J.O. ~ in relation the rooting substrate.

16 17

Rieley. 1973. Substrate freezing and the mineral nutrient status of mire Soil 38:557-566.

16

Rieley. 1974. Growth of Narthecium to the dissolved oxygen concentr··~tion o:C Plant and Soil 40:701-705.

18

1192. Summerfield, R.J.,.& J.O. Rielev. 1975. Relationships bet~.Jeen mineral supply and gro1.o1th of Narthecium ossifrao;llm (L.) Huds. on mire ecosystems. J. Ecol. 63:643-656.

18

1193. Suzuki, H. 1972. Distribution of Sphagnum species in Japan and an attempt to classify the moors basing on their combination. Jour. Hattori. Bot. Lab. 35:3-24. 235 8

1194. Suzuki, H., & N. Yano. 1981. Scientific researches of the Kirip;amine moors. Part I. Vegetation of Kirigamine. 246 P. (Plus map & vegetation tables). Part II. Flora of Kirigamine and its surrounding area, 113 P. Board of Education of Suwa City, Japan.

3 4

1195. Sveinbjornsson, B., &W.C. Oechel. 1981. Controls on C02 exchange in two Polytrichum moss species. I. Field studies on the tundra near Barrow, Alaska. Oikos 36:114-128.

8 17

Page 103: A TlA 0 BIBll

1196. Svendsen, J.A. 1957. The distribution of Lumbricidae in an area of Pennine moorland (Hoor House Nature Reserve). J. Anim. Ecol. 26:411-421.

11

1197. Svensson, B.H. 1973. Methane production in a subarctic mire. In IBP Swedish Tundra Biome Project, Tech. Rept. 14, ed. [1. Santesson, Stockholm: Tundra Biome Steering Comm, pp. 154-166.

17 20

1198. Svensson, B.H. 1980. Carbon dioxide and methane fluxes from the ombrotrophic parts of a subarctic mire. In: Ecology of a Subarctic Mire, ed. M. Sonesson, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 30:235-250.

16 17

1199. Svoboda, J., & L.C. Bliss. 1974. The use of autoradiography in determining active and inactive roots in plant production studies. Arctic and Alpine Res. 6:257-260.

18 26

1200. Swain, F.M., A. Blumentals, & R. Millers. 1959. Stratigraphic distribution of amino acids in peats from Cedar Creek Bog, Minnesota, and Dismal Swamp, Virginia. Limnol. Oceanogr. 4:119-127.

16

1201. Swan, J.M.A., & A.H. Gill. 1976. The origins, spread, and consolidation of a floating bog in Harvard Pond, Petersham, r1A. Ecology 51:829-840. 3 4 -12

1202. Szaloy, A., & H. Szilagyi. 1968. Laboratory experiments on the retention of micronutrients by peat humic acids. Plant and Soil 29:219-224.

16 17

1203. Tachibana, H. 1976. Change and revegetation in Sphagnum moors by human treading. Ecol. Rev. 18:133-210.

13 24

1204. Tallis, J.H. 1958. Studies in the biology and ecology of Rhacomitrium lanuginosum Brid. I. Distribution and ecology. J. Ecol. 46:271-288.

8

1205. Tallis, J.H. 1959. Studies in the biology and ecology of Rhacomitrium lanuginosum Brid. II. Growth, reproduction and physiology. J. Ecol. 47:325-350.

8 18

1206. Tallis, J.H. 1962. The identification of Sphagnum spores. Trans. Br. Bryol. Soc. 4:209-213.

1207. Tallis, J.H. 1964. Growth studies on Rhacomitrium lanuginosum. Bryologist 67:417-422.

8

26

Page 104: A TlA 0 BIBll

1208. Tallis, J.H. 1964. Studies on Southern Pennine Peats. I. The general pollen record. J. Ecol. 52:323-331.

1209.

1 13 22

Tallis, J.H. 1964. Studies on Southern Pennine Peats. II. The pattern of erosion. J. Ecol. 52:333-344.

1 3 14 19

1210. Tallis, J.H. 1964. Studies on southern Pennine peats: III. The behavior of Sphagnum. J. Ecol. 52:345-353.

1211.

8

Tallis, J.H. 1965. recent erosion. 3

Studies on southern Pennine peats. IV. Evidence of J. Ecol. 53:509-520.

14

1212. Tallis, J.H. 1973. Studies on southern Pennine peats. V. Direct observations on peat erosion and peat hydrology at Featherbed t'10ss, Derbyshire. J. Ecol. 61:1-22.

13 14

1213. Tamm, c.o. 1954. Some observations on the nutrient turnover in a bog con~unity dominated by Eriopborum yaginatum. Oikos 5: 189-194.

7 17

1214. Tamm, C.O., & T. Troedsson. 1955. An example of the amounts of plant nutrients supplied to the ground in road dust. Oikos 6:61-70.

15

1215. Tanskanen, H. Factors affecting the metal contents in peat profiles.

1216.

J. Geochem. Expl. Netherl. 5:412-414.

Tanttu, A. Moore.

4

14 16 17

1915. tiber die Entstehung der BUlten und Strange der Acta Forestalia Fennica 4:14-23.

1217. Tarnocai, C., (ed.). 1981. Proceedings of a Workshop on Organic Soil Mapping and Interpretation, 1980. Land Resource Research, Ottawa, Ninister of Supply and Services, Canada, 1981.

3 25 26

1218. Tate, R.L. 1979. Effect of flooding on microbial activities in organic soils: Carbon metabolism. Soil Sci. 128:267-273.

13 17 20 21

1219. Tate, R.L. 1979. Microbial activity in organic soils as affected by soil depth and crop. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 37:1085-1090.

20 21

1220. Tate, R.L. 1980 Variation in heterotrophic and autotrophic nitrifier populations in relation to nitrification in organic soils. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 40:75-79.

17 21

Page 105: A TlA 0 BIBll

1221. Tate, R.L. 1980. Effect of several environmental parameters on carbon metabolism in histosols. Microb. Ecol. 5:329-336.

12 20 21

1222. Tate, R.L. 1980. Microbial oxidation of organic matter of histosols. In: Advances in Microbial Ecology, ed. M. Alexander, 4:169-201. Plenum.

20 21

1223. Tate, R.L., & R.E. Terry. 1980. Variation in microbial activity in histosols and its relationship to soil moisture. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 40:313-317.

13 20 21

1224. Taylor, J.A. 1975. Soil organic matter. In: Welsh Soils Discussion Group, Report No. 16, ed. R.G. Hyn Jones, pp. 2-15. 3

1225. Taylor, J.A., & R.T. Smith. 1972. Climatic peat- a misnomer? Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 1:471-484.

1 12

1226. Taylor, K., & T.C. Marks. 1971. The influence of burning and grazing on the growth and development of Rubus chamaemorlJs L. in Calluna-Erjopborum bog. In: The Scientific Management of Plant and Animal Communities for Conservation, ed. LA.G. Duffy and A.S. Watt, Oxford, Blackwell, British Ecological Society Symposium II, pp. 153-166.

23 24

1227. Teivainen, T. 1974. Peatlands as habitat of mammals. Suo 25:9-14. 6 11

1228. Temple, P.J., D.L. McLaughlin, S.N. Linzon, & R. \.Jills. 1981. Moss bags as monitors of atmospheric deposition. Jour. Air Poll. Control Assoc. 31:668-670.

15 26

1229. Terasmae, J. 1970. Postglacial muskeg development in northern Ontario. Proc. 13th Muskeg Res. Conf., Tech. Mem. No. 99, Nat. Res. Council Canada, Assoc. Comm. Geotech. Res., pp. 73-90. 3 12 22

1230. Terasmae, J. 1973. Part I: Muskeg as a Climate-Controlled Ecosystem. Part II: Postglacial Muskeg Development in Northern Ontario. Part III: Review of Tree-Ring Studies in Canada. Brock University Department of Geological SCiences, Research Report Series No. 15, 50 p. St. Gatharines, Ontario.

22

1231. Terry, R.E, & R.L. Tate. 1980. Effect of flooding on microbial activities in organic soils: Nitrogen transformations. Soil Sci. 129:88-91.

13 17 20 21

Page 106: A TlA 0 BIBll

1232. Terry, R.E. 1980. Nitrogen mineralization in Florida histosols. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. 44:747-750.

16 17

1233. Terry, R.E., & R.L. Tate. 1980. Denitrification as a pathway for nitrate removal from organic soils. Soil Sci. 129:162-166.

17 21

1234. Terry, R.E., & R.L. Tate. 1980. The effect of nitrate on nitrous oxide reduction in organic soils and sediments. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. 44:744-750.

16 17 21

1235. Theander, O. 1954. Studies on Spbagnum peat. III. A quantitative study on the carbohydrate constitutents of Sphagnum mosses and Sphagnum peat. Acta Chern. Scand. 8:989-1000.

16

1236. Thiessen, R., & H.S. Strickler. 1934. The distribution of micro-organisms in four peat deposits. U.S. Dept. Interior, Bur. Mines Coop. Bull., No. 61,20 p.

21

1237. Thorn, B.G. 1972. The role of spring thaw in string bog genesis. Arctic 25:236-239.

12

1238. Thomas, K.W. 1964. A new design for a peat sampler. New Phytol. 63:422-425.

26

1239. Thorpe, V.A. 1967. Study of moisture, ash, and organic content of peat samples. J.A.O.A.C. 50:394-397.

14 16

1240. Thorpe, V.A. 1968. Determination of the volume weights, water-holding capacity, and air capacity of water-saturated peat materials. J.A.O.A.C. 51:1296-1299.

14

1241. Thorpe, V.A. 1973. Collaborative study of the cation exchange capacity of peat materials. J.A.O.A.C. 56:154.

16

1242. Tilton, D.L. 1977. Seasonal growth and foliar nutrients of Larix laricina in three wetland ecosystems. Can. J. Bot. 55:1291-1298.

7 16 18

1243. Tilton, D.L. 1978. Comparative gro\-lth and foliar element concentrations of Larix larjcina over a range of wetland types in Minnesota. J. Ecol. 66:499-512.

7 16 18

Page 107: A TlA 0 BIBll

1244. Tilton, D.L., R.H. Kadlec, & C.J. Richardson (eds.). 1976. Freshwater Wetlands and Sewage Effluent Disposal. NSF:RANN National Symposium at Univ. of Michigan, Mich. No.5, 343 p.

26

1245. Tinbergen, L. 1940. Observations sur l'evaporation de la vegetation d'une tourbiere dans les Hautes-Fagnes de Belgique. Mem. Soc. R. Sci. Liege, 4:21-76.

13 14

1246. Tint, R. 1982. On the productivity of treeless bog communities. Estonian Contrib. to the Int. BioI. Prog. 9:93-101.

18

1247. Titus, J.E., D.J. Wagner, & M.D. Stephens. 1983. Contrasting water relations of photosynthesis for two Spba~num mosses. Ecology 64:1109-1115.

8 13

1248. Tolonen, K. 1966. Stratigraphic and rhizopod analyses on an old raised bog, Varrassuo, in Hollola, South Finland. Ann. Bot. Fennici 3:147-165.

6 ~

1249. Tolonen, K. 1967. On methods used in studies on peatland development. II. On the peat samplers (in Finnish). Suo 6:1-7.

26

1250. Tolonen, K. 1971. On the regeneration of North European bogs. Acta Agralia Fennica 123:143-166.

12 22

1251. Tolonen, K. 1973. On the rate and pattern of peat formation during the post glacial time. Suo 24:83-88. (English summary).

1252. Tolonen, K. Finland.

12 18 22

1974. Analyses of heavy metals in two roadside bogs in Suo 25:77-84.

15 24

1253. Tolonen, K. 1977. On dry matter accumulation and bulk density values in three south Finnish raised bogs. (English Summary). Suo 28:1-8.

19

1254. Tolonen, K. 1979. Peat as a renewable resource: long-term accumulation rates in north- European mires. Proc. Int. Symp. on Classification of Peat and Peatlands, Hyytiala, Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 282-296.

18 19

1255. Tolonen, K. 1980. On the regeneration of North European bogs. II. Stratigraphic records from Germany, Denmark and S. Sweden. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA, 1980, pp. 119-125.

4 22

Page 108: A TlA 0 BIBll

1256. Tolonen, K. 1982. Usefulness of five common methods of determining the degree of decomposition in estimating the amount and energy content of fuel peat in Finland. Suo 33:133-142.

14 26

1257. Tolonen, K., & L. Ijas. 1982. Comparison of two peat samplers used in estimating the dry peat yield in field inventories. Suo 33:33-42.

26

1258. Tolonen, K., & L. Saarenmaa. 1979. The relationship of bulk density to three different measures of the degree of peat humification. Proc. Int. Symp. on Classification of Peat and Peatlands. Hyytiala, Finland, Sept. 1979, pp. 227-238.

14 20

1259. Tolonen, K., & V. Hosiaisluoma. 1978. Chemical properties of surface water in Finnish ombrotrophic mire complexes with special reference to algal growth. Ann. Bot. Fennici 15:55-72.

16 18

1260. Tolonen, K., D. Keys, & V. Klemetti. 1982. Predicting energy content of in situ peats by means of their moisture content and bulk density. Suo 33:17-24.

14 26

1261. Tolonen, K., t1. Tiuri, M. Toikka, & M. SaarilahtL 1982. Radiowave probe in assessing the yield of peat and energy in peat deposits in Finland. Suo 33:105-112.

26

1262. Tomassini, F.D., K.J. Puckett, E. Nieboer, D.H.S. Richardson, & B.

1263.

Grace. 1976. Determination of copper, iron, nickel, and sulfur by X-ray fluorescence in lichens from the Mackenzie Valley, NHT, and the Sudbury District, Ontario. Can. J. Bot. 54:1591-1603.

Troll, C. Erde.

4

9 15 16

1944. Strukturboden, Solifluktion und Frost Klimate der Geol. Rundschau 34:545-695.

1264. Tummavouri, J., T. Nyronen, & M. Saastomoinen. 1978. On the determination of phosphorus in peat. Suo 29:89-92.

16 26

1265. Tuominen, L. 1981. Decomposition of cellulose in the peat of some pine bogs and fens. Suo 32:130-133.

20

1266. Turner, J. 1964. The anthropogenic factor in vegetational history. I. Tregaron and vJhixal1 Mosses. New Phytol. 63: 73-90.

24

1267. TUxen, J. 1976. Ober die Regeneration von Hochmooren. Telma 6:219-230.

25

Page 109: A TlA 0 BIBll

1268. Ugolini, F.C., & D.H. Mann. 1979. Biopedological origin of peatlands in Southeast Alaska. Nature 281:366-368.

22

1269. Uhden, O. 1967. Niederschlags-und Aloflussbeobachtungen auf unberuhrten, vorentwasserten und kultivierten Teilen eines nordHest deutschen Hochmoores. der Esterweger Dose am Kustenkanal bei Paper burg. Schriftenr. Kurat. Kult., Hamburg, 15:1-99.

13 14 24 25

1270. Ulrich, A., & P.L. Gersper. 1978. Plant nutrient limitations of tundra plant gr~Tth. In: Vegetation and Production Ecology of an Alaskan Arctic Tundra, ed. L. Tieszen, Ecological Studies 29:457-482, Springer-Verlag, NY.

16 18

1271. Urquhart, C. 1966. An improved method of demonstrating the distribution of sulphides in peat. Nature 211:550.

26

1272. Urquhart, C., & A.J.P. Gore. 1973. The redox characteristics of four peat profiles. Soil BioI. Biochem. 5:659-672.

16 22

1273. Valmari, A. 1970. On the relationship between iron and available phosphorus in peat soil. Aquilo, Sere Bot. 10: 1-7.

16

1274. Valmari, A. 1971. On chemical groHth factors in peat soil. Acta Agralia Fennica 123:39-53.

16 18

1275. Van Cleve, K. 1971. Energy and weight loss functions for decomposing foliage in birch and aspen forests in interior Alaska. Ecology 52:720-723.

20

1276. Van Cleve, K. 1974. Organic matter quality in relation to decomposition. In: Soil Organisms and Decomposition in Tundra, eds. A.J. Holding, O.H. Heal, S.F. MacLean Jr. & P.vJ. Flanagan, pP. 311-324. Tundra Biome Steering Committee, Stockholm.

20

1277. Van Cleve, K., & V. Alexander. 1981. Nitrogen cycling in tundra and boreal ecosystems. In: Terrestrial Nitrogen Cycles. eds. F.E. Clarks & T. Rosswall, Ecol. Bull. (Stockholm) 33:375-404.

17

1278. Van Zinderen Bakker, E.M., & M.J.A. I-/erger. 1974. Environment, vegetation and phytogeography of the high-altitude bogs of Lesotho. Vegetatio 29:37-49.

3 4 5 13 14

Page 110: A TlA 0 BIBll

1279. Vangenechten, J.H.D., & O.L.J. Vanderborgh. 1980. Acidification of Belgian moorland pools by acid sulfur-rich rainwater. In: Ecological Impact of Acid Precipitation, eds. D. Drablos & A. Tollan, Oslo-As, Norway, pp. 246-247.

15 16 17

1280. Vangenechten, J.H.D., F. Bosmans, & H. Deckers. 1981. Effects of short-term changes in rain water supply on the ionic composition of acid moorland pools in the Campine of Antwerp (Belgium). Hydrobiologia 76:149-159.

13 15 16

1281. Vangenechten, J.H.D., S. Van Puymbroeck, O.L.J. Vanderborcht, F. Bosmans, & H. Deckers. 1981. Physico-chemistry of surface Haters in the Campine region of Belgium, with special reference to acid moorland pools. Arch. Hydrobiol. 90:369-396.

14 16

1282. Vasander, H. 1981. The length, growth rate, biomass and production of Cladonja arbuscula and C. rangiferina in a raised bog in southern Finland. Ann. Bot. Fennici 18:237-243.

9 18

1283. Vasander, H. 1982. Plant biomass and production in Virgin, drained and fertilized sites in a raised bog in southern Finland. Ann. Bot. Fennici 19:103-125.

18

1284. Vasander, H. 1982. Sampling of low volume peatland pine stands for biomass and production studies. Suo 33:87-91.

26

1285. Veerkamp, t1.T., H.J. Corre, B.J. At\-Jell, & P.J.C. Kuiper. 1980. Growth rate and phosphate utilization of some Carex species from a range of oligotrophic to eutrophic swamp. Physiol. Plant. 50:237-240.

7 17 18

1286. Verry, E.S. 1975. StreamfloH chemistry and nutrient yields from upland-peatland watersheds in Minnesota. Ecology 56:1149-1157.

16 17

1287. Verry, E.S. 1984. Sphagnum mire.

Microtopography and water table fluctuation in a Proc. 7th Int. Peat Congr., Dublin, in press.

13

1288. Verry, E.S., & D.H. Boelter. 1975. The influence of bogs on the distribution of streamflow from small bog-upland catchments. In: Hydrology of Marsh-Ridden Areas, Proc. of the t'linsk Symp., 1972, UNESCO Press, Paris, pp. 469-478.

13

1289. Verry, E.S., & D.H. Boelter. 1978. Peatland hydrology. In: Hetland Functions and Values; The State of Our Understanding, ed. P.E. Greeson, J.R. Clark, & J.E. Clark, Proc. Nat. Symp. on Wetlands, Nov. 1978, pp. 389-402.

13

Page 111: A TlA 0 BIBll

1290. Verry, E.S., & D.R. Timmons. 1977. Precipitation nutrients in the open and under forests. Can. J. Forest Res. 7:112-119.

15 17

1291. Verry, E.S., & D.R. Timmons. 1982. Water borne nutrient flow through an upland-peatland watershed in Minnesota. Ecology 63:1465-1467.

1292. Vilkamaa, P. pine bogs.

6

13 17

1981. Soil fauna in a virgin and two drained dwarf shrub Suo 32: 120-122.

11

1293. Viro, P.J. 1955. Use of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid in soil analysis. II. Determination of soil fertility. Soil Sci. 80:69-74.

26

1294. Virri, K. 1976. Exchange characteristics in twelve organic soil profiles in south Finland. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 2:229-235.

16

1295. Virta, J. 1966. Measurement of evapotranspiration and computation of water budget in treeless peatlands in the natural state. Commentationes, Physico-r·1athematicae 32, 70 p.

13

1296. Visser, S.A. 1964. The presence of micro-organisms in various strata of deep tropical peat deposits. Life Sciences 3:1061-1065.

21 22

1297. Vitt, D.H., & N.G. Slack. 1975. An analysis of the vegetation of Sphagnum-dominated kettle-hole bogs in relation to environmental gradients. Can. J. Bot. 53:332-359. 3 5 12

1298. Vitt, D.H., H. Crum, & J.A. Snider. 1975. The vertical zonation of Sphagnum species in hummock - hollow complexes in northern Michigan. Mich. Botanist 14:190-200. 3 5 7 12

1299. Vitt, D.H., P. Achuff, & R.E. Andrus. 1975. The vegetation.and chemical properties of patterned fens in the Swan Hills, north central Alberta. Can. J. Bot. 53:2776-2795. 3 4 16

1300. Vogl, R.J. 1973. Effects of fire on the plants and animals of a Florida wetland. Amer. Hidl. Nat. 89:334-347.

2 5 6 23

1301. Volarovich, M.P., & N.V. Churaev. 1966. Effect of surface forces on transfer of moisture in porous bodies. In: Research in Surface Forces, 2, ed. B.V. Deryagin, ConSUltants Bureau, New York, NY, pp. 212-219.

14

Page 112: A TlA 0 BIBll

1302. Volarovich, M.P., & N.V. Churaev. 1968. Application of the methods of physics and physical chemistry to the study of peat. Proc. 2nd Int. Peat Congr., Leningrad, 1963, 2:819-831. HMSO Edinburgh. pp. 819-831.

14

1303. Volarovich, M.P., N.I. Gamayunov, & 1.1. Lishtvan. 1972. Investigations of physical and physico-chemical properties of peat. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland, 1972, 4:219-226.

14

1304. Vuorela, I. 1983. Field erosion by wind as indicated by fluctuations in the ash content of Sphagnum peat. Bull. Geol. Soc. Finland 55:25-33.

16

1305. Haksman, S.A. 1928. Contribution to the chemical composition of peat. II. Chemical composition of various peat profiles. Soil Sci. 26:239-252.

16 22

1306. Waksman, S.A., & E.R. Purvis. 1932. The microbiological population of peat. -Soil Sci. 34:95-114.

21

1307. viaksman, S.A., & K.R. Stevens. 1928. Contribution to the chemical composition or peat. I. Chemical nature of organic complexes in peat and methods of analyses. Soil Sci. 26:113-137.

1308. Haksman, S. A. , composition from Maine. 3

16 26

& K.R. Stevens. 1929. Contribution to the chemical of peat: IV. Chemical studies of highmoor peat profiles Soil Sci. 27:389-399.

16

1309. Walker, D. 1961. Peat stratigraphy and bog regeneration: Proc. Linn. Soc. London 172:29-33.

22

1310. Walker, D. 1970. Direction and rate in some British post-glacial hydroseres. In: Studies in the Vegetation History of the British Isles, ed. D. \.-lalker & R. G. Hes t, London, Cambridge Uni v. Press, pp. 117-139.

19 22

1311. Walker, D., & P.M. Walker. 1961. Stratigraphic evidence of regeneration in some Irish bogs. J. Ecol. 49:169-185.

12 22

1312. Wallace, R.L. 1977. Distribution of sessile rotifers in an acid bog pond. Arch. Hydrobiol. 79:478-505.

6

1313. Walling, D.E., M.R. Peart, F. Oldfield, & R. Thompson. 1979.

1

Suspended sediment sources identified by magnetic measurements. Nature 281:110-113.

15 22

Page 113: A TlA 0 BIBll

1314. Walmsley, M.E., & L.M. Lavkulich. 1973 •. In situ measurement of dissolved materials as an indicator of organic terrain type. Can. J. Soil Sci. 53:231-236.

2 16

1315. Walmsley, M.E., & L.M. Lavkulich. 1975. Chemical, physical and land-use investigations of organic terrain. Can. J. Soil Sci. 55:331-342.

14 16 24

1316. Halsh, T., & T.A. Barry. 1958. The chemical composition of some Irish peats. Proc. R. Ir. Acad., 1B, 59:305-328.

16

1317. Walter, H. 1977. The oligotrophic peatlands of Western Siberia - the largest peino-helobiome in the world. Vegetatio 34:167-178. 3 5

1318. Wandtner, R. 1981. Indikatoreigenschaften der Vegetation von Hochmooren der Bundesrepublik Deutschland fur schwermetallimmissioner. (Heavy metal accumulation by bog plants and surface peat in West Germany). Diss. Bot. 59:1-190. J. Cramer.

15 16

1319. Watt, R.F., & t1.L. Heinselman. 1965. Foliar nitrogen and phosphorus level related to site quality in a northern Minnesota spruce bog. Ecology 46:357-361.

1320.

1321.

1322.

7 16 18

Waughman, G.J. 1971. nitrogen fixation.

Waughman, G.J. 1976. rheotrophic peat.

\~aughman, G.J. 1980. German peatlands.

Field use of the acetylene reduction assay for Oikos 22:111-113.

Investigations of nitrogenase activity in Can. J. Microbiol. 22:1561-1566.

17

26

Chemical aspects of the ecology of some south J. Ecol. 68:1025-1046.

16 17

1323. Waughman, G.J., & D.J. Bellamy. 1972. Acetylene reduction in surface peat. Oikos 23:353-358.

17 26

1324. Waughman, G.J., & D.J. Bellamy. 1972. Potential nitrogen fixation on some European peatlands. Proc. 4th Int. Peat Congr., Otaniemi, Finland~ 1972, 1:309-318.

17

1325. Waughman, G.J., & D.J. Bellamy. 1980. Nitrogen fixation and the nitrogen balance in peatland ecosystems. Ecology 61:1180-1198.

16 17

1326. \'1eber, C.A. 1908. Aufbau und vegetation der Moore Norddeutschlands. Bot. Jahrb., Suppl., 90:19-34.

4 5 13 22

Page 114: A TlA 0 BIBll

1327. Wechmann, A. 1943. Die Durchlassigkeit von Moorboden das Ergebnis einer Umfrage. Dtsch. Hasserwirtsch. 38:136-138.

14

1328. 1976. Plant cover and standing crop Hein, R.W., & A.N. Rendz. sampling procedures for Res. 8:139-150.

the Canadian hi~h Arctic. Arctic and Alpine

4 5 18

1329. Wein, R.H., & D.A. Naclean. 1973. Cotton ~rass (Erioohorum vagina tum) ~ermination requirements and colonizing potential in the Arctic. Can. J. Bot. 51:2509-2513.

7

1330. t"Jein, R.W., & L.C. Bliss. 1974. Primary production in Arctic cottongrass tussock tundra communities. Arctic and Alpine Res. 6:261-274. 3 18

26

1331. Hells, E. D. 1981. Peatlands of Eastern Newfoundland: Distribution. morohology, vegetation and nutrient status. Can. J. Bot. 59: 1979-1997.

2 3 4 516

1332. Hells, E.D., & F.C. Pollett. 1983. Peatlands. In: Bio~eography and Ecology of the Island of Newfoundland, ed. G.R. South, Junk, The Hague, op. 207-265. 3 5 12 16

1333. Herenskjold, VI. 1943. Hogmossarnas valvning: sOdra Sverige. Geol. Foren. Stockholm Forh. 65:304-305.

4 13

1334. Wertz. G. 1975. Bemessungsgrundlagen zur Hasserregulierung auf Niedermoorstandorten. In: Beitrage der internationales.Symoosium zu Problemen der Hasserregulieruhg auf Niedermoor, Eberswalde. 1974, pp. 329-346.

13 14 24 25

1335. 1tJetmore, C.[V1. 1982. Lichen decomposition in a black spruce bORe Lichenologist 14:267-271.

1336.

9 20

iihite, G.C., L.W. Adams, & T.A. Bookhout. tritium kinetics in a freshhlater marsh.

13

1978. Simulation model of Heath Physics. 34:45-54.

1337. tihittaker, J.B. 1964. Auchenorrhyncha (Hemiptera) of the ~loor House Nature Reserve, Westmorland, with notes on Macrosteles alpinus (Zett), a species new to Britain. Entomologists [V1on. Mag. 25C: 168-171.

11

Page 115: A TlA 0 BIBll

1338. \Vhittaker, J.B. 1965. The distribution and population dynamics of Np.ophilaenus lineatus (L.) and ~ exclamationis (Thun.) (Hemiptera, Cercopidae) on Pennine moorland. J. Anim. Ecol. 34:277-297.

11

1339. Wickman, F.E. 1951. The maximum height of raised bogs. Geol. Foren. Stockholm Forh. 73:413-422.

4 12

1340. Vlickware, G.B., D.H. Cowell, & R.A. Sims. 1980. Peat resources of the Hudson Bay lowland coastal zone. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr. Duluth. NN, USA, 1980, pp. 138-143. 3

1341. Hieder, R.K. and G.E. Lang. 1983. Net primary production of the dominant bryophytes in a Spha~num dominated wetland in Hest Virginia. Bryologist 86:280-286.

8 18

1342. Hieder, R.K., & G.E. Lang. 1982. A critique of the analytical methods used in examining decomposition data obtained from litter ba~s. Ecolo~y 63:1636-1642.

1343. Entry deleted.

1344. Vlieder, R.K., A.H. t-IcCormick, & G.E. Lang. analysis of Big Run Bog, a non-glaciated Virginia. Castanea 46:16-29.

5

20

1981. Vegetational Spha~num bog in West

26

1345. Wieringa, K.T. 1963. The humification of high-moor peat. I. Changes in ion-exchange capacity and nitrogen contents of the organic matter in high-moor peat. Plant and Soil 18:53-69.

14 16

1346. Wieringa, K. T. J964. The humification of high-moor peat. II. Soil micro-organisms decomposing aromatic compounds. and synthesis of complex humus-like substances. Plant and Soil 21:333-344.

14 17 21

1347. Wildi, o. 1977. Description of eccentric ombrogenous bogs by means of quantitative methods. Veroff. Geobot. Inst. Rubel. ZUrich 60:1-128.

4 5

1348. Wildi, o. 1978. Simulating the development of peat bogs. Vegetatio 37: 1-17.

12 19

1349. Hilliams, B.L. 1974. Effect of water-table level on nitrogen mineralization in peat. Forestry 47:195-202.

17

Page 116: A TlA 0 BIBll

1350. Williams, G.P. 1970. The thermal regime of a Sphagnum peat bog. Proc. 3rd Int. Peat Congr., Quebec, 1968, pp. 195-200.

14

1351. Wilson, A.T., & M.J. Grinsted. 1977. The possibilities of deriving past climate information from stable isotope studies on tree rings. Proc. 3rd Int. Conf. on Stable Isotopes (Roy. Soc. NeH Zealand, ltlellington) •

1352. \1itting, M. 1947. Katjonbestamningar i myrvatten. Bot. Notiser 100:287-304. Lund.

16

1353. Witting, M. 1948. Preliminart meddelande om fortsatta katjons bestamningar i myrvatten sommaren 1947. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 42:116-134.

5 16

26

1354. Horley, LA. peatlands 173 p.

1980. Botanical and ecological aspects of coastal raised in Maine. Report No. 69, Maine Critical Areas Program.

3 5 12

1355. v,Torley, LA. 1981. Vegetation patterns in peatlands of the Gulf of t1aine and the Gulf of Alaska, a comparison. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, fvIN, USA., 1980, pp. 144-148.

4

1356. \iorley, LA., & E. Thompson. 1982. Variation and abundance of Haine peatlands. Proc. Int. Peat Symp., Bemidji State Univ., Bemidji, r1N. pp. 557-582. 3

1357. Horley, LA., & J.R. Sullivan. 1979. A Classification Scheme for the Peatlands of Maine. Publication of Critical Areas Program, t1aine State Planning Office, 88 p.

1 2 3

1358. Horley, LA., & R.L. Klein. 1981. Protection and preservation of peatlands as natural areas in the northeastern United States. Proc. 6th Int. Peat Congr., Duluth, MN, USA., 1980, pp. 149-152.

25

1359. Wright, H.E., & P.H. Glaser. 1983. Postglacial peatlands of the Lake Agassiz Plain, Northern MN. In: Glacial Lake Agassiz, eds. J.T. Teller & L. Clayton, Geol. Assoc. Canada, Spec ial Paper, No. 26:375-389.

4

1360. VJright, H.E., Jr. 1967. A square-rod piston sampler for lake sediments. J. Sedim. Petrol. 37:975-976.

1361. Yakovlev, V.I. 1969. Remote ground-water level meter for bog stations. Sov. Hydrol. 1969:442-449.

13 24

26

Page 117: A TlA 0 BIBll

1362. Yefimov, V.N., & I.N. Donskikh. 1969. The mobility of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in peat soils. Soviet Soil Sci. 2: 178-187.

16

1363. Yevdokimova, N.V., M.N. t1ostovyy, & Y.1. Malyy. 1976. Subsidence and biochemical destruction of peat in the Ukrainian Poles'ye. Soviet Soil Sci. 8:345-347.

20

1364. Yliruokanen, I. 1976. Heavy metal distributions and their significance in Finnish peat bogs. Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976, 2:276-183.

16

1365. Yoshioka, K. 1963. Ecological studies of the Takadayachi Moor in the Hakkoda mountains. I. General aspects of the environment and vegetation. Ecol. Rev. 16:13-26.

1 3 4 5

1366. Zimenko, T.G., & A.G. Hicnik. 1970. Effect of ground-vlater level on ammonification and nitrification in peat bog soils. Mikrobiologiya 39:522-526.

13 16

1367. Zoltai, S.c. 1971. Southern limit of permafrost features in peat landforms, Hanitoba and Saskatchewan. Geol. Assoc. Canada, Special Paper No. 9:305-310.

4 13

1368. Zoltai, S.C. 1972. Palsas and peat plateaux in central i'1anitoba and Saskatchewan. Can. J. Forest Res. 2:291-302.

4

1369. Zoltai, S.C. 1980. An outline of the wetland regions of Canada. In:

1 2

Ecological Land Classification Series, No. 12, Environment Canada, Cat. No. En 73-3/12, pp. 1-8.

1370. Zoltai, S.C., & C. Tarnocai. 1975. Perennially frozen peatlands in the western Arctic and Subarctic of Canada. Can. J. Earth Sci. 12:28-43. 3 4 12

1371. Zoltai, S.C., F.C. Pollett, J.K. Jeglum, & G.D. Adams. 1975.

1372.

Developing a wetland classification for Canada. Proc. 4th N. Amer. Forest Soils Conf., eds. B. Bernier & C.H. Winget, Quebec, 1973, pp. 497-51'1.

2 3

Zurek, S. 1976. the Holocene. 2:99-122. 3

The problem of growth of the Eurasian peatlands in Proc. 5th Int. Peat Congr., Poznan, Poland, 1976,

12

Page 118: A TlA 0 BIBll

Aapa Abisko Aboveground, Above Ground Absorption Abundance(s) Accumulation(s), Accumulators

Acetylene Acid(s), Acides, Acidification,

Acidity

Acid Precipitation~ Acid Rain Activity, Activities

Adaptation Adsorption Aeration Aerial Aerial Photographs, Aerofotos Aerobe, Aerobic Aerobic Limit Afforestation, Afforested Agassiz Age(s) Air, (Luft) Airborne Particles Akhult Air Pollution, Atmospheric

Pollution Al Alaska, Alaskan

Albedo Alberta Algae. Algal

Alkaline Alkaline Earth Allocation Alluvial Alpine Alteration Altitude Ameliorative America, American

Amino

417, 1067 1050 761 988, 9W 113, 548, 1065. 1356 37, 38, 72, 174, 211, 246. 303. 388. 409, 472, 481, 482, 555, 588. 634~ . 704, 713, 714, 777. 866, 938. 1011. 1101. 1109, 1179. 1253. 1254, 1318 850. 1320, 1323 118,150.151,162,192,211,238. 291. 331, 425, 433, 489, 490, 491. 510, 511, 513. 523, 578, 600, 627. 669, 672, 677, 681, 706. 796, 888. 963,965,997.1077,1097,1117, 1161. 1 200 , 1 202 , 127 9 , 1 2 80 , 1 281 , 1293, 1312 162, 425, 490, 491,706 26, 41, 1 82. 315, 401, 430, 498, 639 , 644, 733, 744, 745, 792, 796. 823. 980, 1218, 1219, 1223, 1231, 1321 1136 197, 838 29, 263, 607 88, 1114 1034 676, 747, 748, 944 747, 748 161, 168 562,564,1105,1106,1359 526, 646, 707 882 884 768 422. 764. 885

464. 87 8 61, 184,218.222.332,561, 708, 733, 844,852.1065,1101. 1103. 1131, 1132, 1160, 1195, 1268, 1275. 1355 96, 754 233, 580, 723, 724, 732, 841, 1299 69, 324, 325, 338, 404, 500, 577. 582, 765, 977, 1259 81 81 407, 408 181, 183 13. 108 693 171, 172, 173, 1278 389 295, 296, 301, 394, 715, 810, 897. 898. 900. 1026, 1027, 1094 211, 677, 1200

Page 119: A TlA 0 BIBll

Amino Acids Ammonification Amoebae Amphibians Amplitude Anaerobic Anerobic. (Anaeroben) Analyse~s', AnalysIs, Analytical,

Analytische, Analyzing Anq;ermanland Animals Anoxic Antarctic Anthocyanin Anthropogenic Antwerp Apparatus Araneida Arctic

Ardenne Aromatic Arthropods Ash, Ashing; Asian Aspen Assay Associations Atlantic Atlas Atmosphere, Atmosoheric

Atmospheric Deposition, Atmos­pheric Inputs, Atmospheric Salts

Attawapiskat River Auchenorrhyncha Austria Autecology Autocomoaction Autoradiography Autotrophic Autumn Available, Availability,

Availabilities Bacteria, Bacterial, Bakterien

Balansa Balsam Bark Barrovl Base Status Basin(s) Bas Saint-Laurent Bay

211, 677, 1200 1366 547, 548 643 53, 54 91, 381, 5 ffi, 746, 747, 920, 944 12, 298, 534, 735, 942, 1248, 1252, 1307 1111 271, 277, 280 , 510, 790. 1300 177 261, 388 458, 945 1266 1250 783 227 13,64,70,99, 100, 101, 108, 111. 1 56, 1 84 , 375 , 53 8, 56 9 , 612, 70 8, . 772, 836. 878, 926, 1065, 1328. 1329, 1330, 1370 464 309. 381. ·688, 801, 1346 106 18, 19, 148, 1239, 1304 855 1275 1320 69, 230, 689 46, 294, 361 649 100. 155, 207. 450, 483. 488, 726, 758, 762, 800, 885. 887, 1228 450, 762, SOO. 1228

1125 1337 55 1054, 1056 653 1199 1220 219 365, 433, 460, 561, 631, 740, 792. 811, 943, 1098, 1189, 1273 47. 200, 381,500, 574, 595, 676,763, 1184 1031 690 513 61, 1 84, 87 8, 11 03, 11 95 9ffi 79, 534, 1093 435 107. 275. 276, 292, 321, 609, 793. 939, 940, 976. 1115, 1121, 1340

Page 120: A TlA 0 BIBll

Behavior Belgian, Belgique, Belgium Belowground, Belo\-1 Ground

(Underground) Bemidji Bentonite Bergslagen Bibliography, Bibliographic,

(Biblior:r,raphie) Biochemical, Biochemistry Biodegradability Bioenergy Biogenic Biogeochemistry Biogeographie, Biogeography BioindicatorC s) Biological Activity Biomass

Biome Biopedological Birch Bird Blanket Bog(s), Blanket Mire(s),

Blanket Peat(s)

Bleaklow Blue Green Algae, (Cyanophyta,

Cyanophytes) Bog Flats Bog Formation Bog Gro\>Jth Bohrlochmethode Boles Boreal

Boron Boston Botanical, Botanisch, Botanische Br Bradford Brasilien Breakdown Brishie Bog Britain, British. British Isles

Brunei Brunswick Bryophyte(s)

Bryophyte Growth Budget(s) Bulk Density, (Volume Height(s))

715, 1210 1245,1279,1280,1281 539

421

~~8 364, 395, 117 2

2ff7, 331, 381, 444, 1363 720, 722 336 572 567,662 1154, 1162 513, 514 744, 745 114,506,512,816.1016,1114,1282. 1283, 1284 110 1268 1275 180,372,528, &)9, 1144 105, 115, 120, 122, 123, 124, 158, 159.201, 202, 203,247,266, 270, 330,410,411,466.467,468, 474, 526, 529.621,702,735, 792, 822, 823, 825, 828, 835, 840, 875. 953, 1000, 1001, 1156, 1158, 1165, 1167, 1168 840 324, 500

332 561 243, 245, 728 1081 690 156, 206, 415, 522. 565, 605, 606. 815, 919, 1124, 1277 168 653 285, 585, 625, 883, 902, 1354 1051 765 958 239 129 50, 298, 299, 395, 456, 489, 503, 552, 710, 735, 960, 1310, 1337 16 292, 429, 964 68, 515, 602, 641, ff78, 919. 929, 11 49, 11 52 , 13 4 1 1152 46, 221, 305. 361. 522, 568, 1295 782,909.1107,1240,1253,1258,1260

Page 121: A TlA 0 BIBll

Buoyancy Burning Butterflies Buzzer Byelorussian Ca, Calcium Cadmium, Cd Caithness Caloric Campine Canada, Canadian

Candle Lake Canopy Capacity, Capacities

Cape Breton Capillary, (Kapillarer) Carbohydrate Carbon

Carbon-13 Carbon-14 Carbon Accumulation Carbon Accumulators Carbon Dioxide, CO 2 Carbon Metabolism Carboxyl Cardiganshire Caribou Carpets Cascade Mountains Catabolism Catchment(s)

Cation(s), (Kationen, Kationenaufnahm, Katjons)

Cation Exchange, (Ionenaustausch, Ionenaustausche. Ion Exchange)

Cation Exchange Capacity (Ion-Exchange Capacity)

Cattails Cedar Creek Cellulose, Celluloseabbau

Cellulose Decomposition Cercopidae Cesium. CSt (Radiocesium) Change(s). Changing

Channel

788 103. 537, 1226 760 783 90 131. 197 J, 466, 474, 489, 633, 663. 1104 197. 1115 1138 926 1280, 1281 34,35.103.111,156,209,384,413, 414, 449, 585, 638, 658, 670, 717, 718,836.839,863,913.956.991, 1039. 1230. 1328, 1369, 1370. 1345 604, 605, 606 190,1183 282,324,502,669,985.988,1161. 1240, 1241. 1345 372, 861 1018 55,56,600.1235 25, 101, 156, 174. 175, 221, 418. 440. 642,705,1013,1065,1109,1130, 1198, 1218, 1221 1065 1065 1109 174 101, 175,642,705, 1013, 1130, 1198 1218, 1221 1078 452 580,706,707 922 1024 381 171, 172, 173, 267, 859, 884, 1029, 1288 387, 1042, 1353

17, 23, 82 , 1 97, 237, 867. 1042

282,669. 985,988, 1161, 1241, 1345

979 194, 1200 92. 93, 179, 367, 368, 595, 676. 733, 1038, 1265 92, 93, 595, 1038. 1265 1338 207,797, 886, 1024 2, 4, 57. 58, 59. 94, 95, 100, 219, 292, 369, 370, 389, 416, 439. 600, 608, 645, 653. 690, 723, 758. 780. 806, 843, 887, 1089, 109" 1127, 1203. 1280, 1345 859

Page 122: A TlA 0 BIBll

Characteristics, Character­ization

Chemical, Chemistry

Chemical Comoosition, Chemical Characteristics, Chemical Properties

Chemical Technology Cheshire Chironomidae Chitinase Chlorinated Hydrocarbons Chlorosis Chronology. Chronostratigraphy Circumboreal Cladocera Claish Hoss Classification(s). Classify.

Classifyin~, (Klassifizierung)

Clay Clearcutting Climate, Climatic, Climatique,

(Klimate) Clustering CO C02 Coal Coast, Coastal

Coleoptera Collembola, Collembolan Colloidal Colonizing Colorado Colored Combustion Communidades. Communities,

Community .

Competition, Competitive Complex. Complexes

15, 67, 122. 132, 140, 141, 163, 171, 394, 438, 566, 652, 743, 751. 7fr{. 946, 975, 1092, 1272. 1294 10,104.117,157,167,172,225,259, 260, 291, 365, 394, 404, 420, 424. 428, 443, 447, 475, 477, 478, 479. 484, 4fr{, 492, 504, 566. 662, 690, 693, 697, 721, 766. 802, 842, 846, 851,931,963,971,990,1092,1123, 11 57, 11 89, 1 259, 127 4 , 1281, 12 ffi • 1299, 1302, 1303, 1305. 1307, 1308. 1315, 1316. 1322 104, 167, 259, 394, 404. 477, 478, 479. 4fr{. 566, 697, 766. 963. 990, 1123, 1259, 1299, 1303, 1305, 1307, 1308, 1316 420 84, 504, 505, 759 192 733 230 875 7 16, 86 3, 97 2, 1 074 580 281, 549 826 ffi, fr{. 253, 255. 274, 276, 299, 377. 3ffi, 457, 558, 610, 625, 664, 667, 743, 781, 804, 819. 820, 832, 880. 881,914, 939, 966, 969, 1115, 1151, 11 93 , 13 57. 1371 638 1fr{ 1.2,57,58, 166,264.348,390, 532. 670. 889. 1129, 1225, 1230, 1351 915 100,308,525,1177 1110, 1195 210, 212, 213, 256 61, 184,221.222, 251. 276,655.692, 793. 897, 898. 1021, 1027 281 105, 529, 530, 531. 843, 672 1329 891, 892 888 207 59,70, 111, 121,240,284,298.303, 319, 372, 413, 459, 460, 462, 463, 493, 494, 495, 496, 511, 521, 588. 636, 682, 805, 816, 86 9, 951, 952, 957, 959, 964, 1069, 1094, 1110, 1148. 1151,1160, 1213, 1246, 1330 1 96, 789, 1004 153, 252, 255, 256, 316, 319, 414, 441,625, 665, 749, 806, 852. 893. 951, 952, 1259, 1298, 1307,1340

Page 123: A TlA 0 BIBll

Complexation Compounds Conductivity Conifer Conservation, Conserving Consolidation Consumer, ConsumptiOn Contaminants, Contamination Continental Control(s), Controlled,

Controlling Coom Rigg Moss Copper, Cu Core Corer Corixidae Cotton Cover, Covered Craigeazle Cranberry Cranberry Glades Cranesmoor Cron(s) Crustacea Crustal Cultivation, Cultivated,

(Kulivierten) Culture(s), Cultureable,

(Kultur) Cumbria Cut, Cutaway, Cut-away, Cutting Cuticular Cycle(s), Cyclic, Cyclical,

Cycling Cypress Czechoslovak Damage Damming Dated, Dates, Datierung, Dating DDT Deciduous Decay, DecompOSition, Degradation

Deficiency, Deficit(s) Deformation Degero Stormyr Denitrification Denmark, Danish, Dannelse Density

Denosit(s), Deoosition

320 381, 671. 1346 134, 289. 489, 769, 910 231, 235, 1090 89, 152, 174, 355, 1128 ~%2,9~48752, 1201

453, 1060 842, 912 137. 162, 206, 221, 240, 504, 736,1158,1195,1230 224, 225, 226 197,735, 1262 179, 1173 283 279, 281 461, 1329 96,267,794,795, 1328 130 9, 465 300a 857 979, 1219, 1328 281, 549 653 11, 696, 1269

68, 204, 465, 655, 822. 1041

317 72, 314, 326, 697 1178 1, 2, 10, 25, 57, 59 , 220, 222. 672, 738, 1035. 1069, 1139, 1277 1069 390 731 608 5, 7, 32L 366, 453. 885, 904. 932 959 219, 1071 92,93,135,181,182.185.216,256, 270, 302, 304, 307, 311, 312, 328, 401, 416, 423, 465, 524, 545, 551, 554, 555, 573, 600. 621, 658, 661. 690,701,722,796.824,836,838, 959, 996, 1036, 1038, 1167, 1174, 1256. 1265. 1276, 1335, 1342 52, 167, 168, 1136 536 774 66, 520. 850, 1233 2. 3, 4, 5, 288, fJ70, 1255 675.782, 269, 909, 1107, 1253, 1258, 1260 4, 5, 491. 698, 762, 1052, 1075, 1228

Page 124: A TlA 0 BIBll

Depth(s)

Derbyshire Desmid Desorption Destruction Determination(s). Determined,

Determining, (Bestamningar)

Detritus Deuterium Development( s), (Entwicl<lung)

Devon D/H Ratios Diagenesis Dialysis Diatoms Diffusion Dimension Analysis Direct-Count Diptera Dismal Swamp,(Great Dismal Swamp) Dispersion Disposal Dissolved Gases Dissolved Materials Disturbance(s). Disturbed Ditch Diurnal. Diel Drains. Drainage, Drainageway.

Drained

Draved Mose Drawdown Drought Dry Matter, Dry vJeight DUblin

·.Dust Dutch Eagle Eau Eccentric, Exzentrisch Ecological Amplitude Ecotype Effluent

144, 370, 405, 679, 633. 656, 748, 1219 84, 840. 992, 1212 957 197 1363 14, 19, 88, 131,270,365,367.441, 628. 673, 763, 773, 850, 909, 1063. 1079, 1142. 1171, 1174. 1199, 1240, 1256, 1262, 1 264 , 1 293. 13 5 3 441,628, 673, 763, 773, 850, 909, 1063, 1079, 1142. 1171, 1174, 1199, 1240,1256,1262,1264,1293.1353 753 1068 16, 109, 130, 145, 218, 225, 232, 250, 295, 316, 336. 414, 446. 452, 476, 400, 771. 7f5(, 821. 828, 834. 835. 847, 853. f5(7, 911, 912, 1026, 1061,1062.1000,1138,1226.1229. 1230. 1249, 1348 913 179, 367 674 002 291 27 1017 763 192, 269 284, 302. 303, 305. 454, 816. 1200 788 1244 1028 1314 111, 3 93 , 111 4 138 369, 407, 408, 754 25, 139, 165, 167, 201. 203, 200. 346. 347. 427, 542, 560, 583, 608,644,600,744,745,748,781, 790, 905, 907. 911, 1059, 1112, 1283, 1292 4, 5 138 171, 1132 407, 408, 1253 308, 817 1214 291 733 f5(4 883, 1347 53, 54 7ffi 1244

Page 125: A TlA 0 BIBll

Electric Electrochemistry Electrode Electrolytes Electron Microscopy Electrophoretic Element(s)

Element Composition, Element Concentrations, Element Contents

Elementary Constituents Emission Enchytraeidae

Energetics, Energy

Energy Balance, Energy Energy Content Engineering England, English

English Lake District Enzymology Epiphytic Equilibrium Ericaceae, Ericaceous,

Budget

Ericad(s)

Erie Ernahrungsphysiologie Eroded, Eroding, Erosion

Establishment . Estonia, Estonian Ethylenediamine Eurasian Europaischen, Europas, Europe,

European

EutrophiC Evaporation, Evapotranspiration,

Evapotranspirometer, (Verdunstung)

Everglades Evergreen Evolution

300 800 14, 673 1120 1003, 1180 757 117, 149, 157, 293, 422, 431, 460, 463, 469, 538, 916, 923, 925, 1034, 1108, 1135, 1243 422, 431, 916, 927, 1243

572 702, 948, 949, 1164, 1165, 1166, 1168 166,522,793,979,1014,1015, 1256, 1260, 1261, 1275 166, 522 1256, 1260 751 67, 88, 150, 340, 475, 478, 481, 547, 809, 854, 925, 954, 1144, 1253 475 , 47 8, 4 81 205 693 867 55, 83, 739, 786, 1004, 1005, 1007, 1008 1093 1042 62, 115, 158, 159, 280, 473, 529, 813, 992, 1209, 1211 ,1212, 1304 20,53,1188 588, 637, 641, 794, 795 1293 1372 12, f5(, 152,318,625,819,831, 895, 921, 961, 1033, 1250, 1254, 1255, 1324 30, 1285 71, 73, 76, 273, 342, 343, 556, 860,1030,1033,1186,1245,1295

213,251,255,256,315 219, 1005, 1071, 1099 101,301,564,1013,1106

Excnange, Exchangeable, Exchanger. 17, 82, 118, 181, 197, 237, 278, 282, 367, 474, 578, 642, 669, 705, 867,908,985,988,1110,1130, 1161, 1195, 1241, 1294, 1345

Exmoor Experiment(s), Experimental

Exploration Extractable, Extractants,

Extractives, Extracts Factor Analysis

777, 823 54,79, 239, 541, 620, 634, 708, 859, 1038, 1158, 1202 258 127 , 6f5(, 915,

179, 367, 440, 633, 663, 684, 837, 948 934

Page 126: A TlA 0 BIBll

Faeros Fairbanks Falkland Islands Fallout

Fauna

Featherbed Hoss Feeding Fen(s), (Niedermoorboden,

Niedermooren, Niedermoorstand, Low Moor(s), Loomoor(s)

Fennoscandia, Fennoscandian Ferns Fertility, Fertilization,

Fertilizer, (GjOdslings)

Feuerlands Fiber. Fibre, Fibrous Filters, Filtration Finland. Finnish, Finnlands

Fir Fire(s), Fired Flanders Moss Floating Flooded, Flooding Floor(s) . Flora, Floristic, Floristische

Florida

Flotation Flow Fluctuation(s)

Fluorescence Flux, Fluxes Foliage, Foliar Food Food Vleb(s). Food Cycles Forest(s), Forested, Forestiers,

Forestry

Forest Drainage Fraction(s) France Freezing, Frigid. Frost, Frozen

694 1131 4ff7 155. 481, 482, 488, 758. 8ff7, 891, 892, 1024 528" 701, 808, 994, 1144, 1167, 129c: 84, 1212 1007 149, 323, 370, 379, 478, 489, 547, 597, 829, 882, 936, 1036, 1084, 1092,1121,1125, 1129, 1265, 1299, 1334 379, 936, 1036, 1129 10go 167. 430, 541, 644, 708, 907, 1008, 1101, 1283, 1293 167, 430, 541, 644, 708, 907, 1008.1101.1283,1293 1086 838, 1142 186. 574 366, 376, 377, 378, 417, 582, 808. 885, 906, 915, 918, 922, 925. 934, 937, 938, 1061, 1144, 1249, 1253. 1259, 1364 690 251, 405, 409, 912, 993, 1043. 1300 760 1201 302, 304, 1098, 1218, 1231 1013, 1015 12, 296, 298, 299, 601, 694, 898, 960 21" 213,251,255, 315, 1232. 1232, 1300 116 21, 427, 573, 626, 725. 1291 24, 114, 290, 556. 785, 12 ff7 , 1304 574, 1262 48,183,540,572.1198 1242, 1243, 1275, 1319 510, 1065. 1139, 1165 1065, 1139 74, 90, 103. 139, 1 81, 1 83, 206, 206, 413, 448, 513, 522, 540, 542, 557, 560, 561, 562, 585, 601, 605, 606. 638, 644, 682, 690, 724, 780, 785, 801, 826, 852, 857, 858, 935, 965, 1013, 1015, 1069, 1112, 1122, 1131, 1144, 1172. 1186, 1275, 1290 139, 560 212,219,229.396,416,1155 720 376, 647, 730, 731, 946, 1055, 1131, 11 90, 126 3 , 1370

Page 127: A TlA 0 BIBll

Freshvlater

Fuel Fulvic Acid(s) Fundy Fungi, (Pilze)

Furness Galacturonic Acid(s) Galapagos Galloway Galway Gametophytes Gas, Gases Gas Analysis Genesis Geobotanical. Geobotanicheski Geochemical, Geochemistry Geographic, Geographical Geolo~i. Geological,

Geologische, Geology Geomorpholop;y Geophysical Georgia German, Germany, (Deutschen,

Deutschland)

Ge rmina tion Glacial, Glaciated

Glenamoy Globe, Global Gotaland Gradients Grass, Grasslands, Grazing Groundwater, Ground Water,

(Grundwasser, Grundwasserbeob, Grundwassergefalle. Grunnvannsspeil) .

Grmving, Grown, Growth (J..lachstum)

Growth Dynamics. Growth Heasurements, Growth Rate(s). Growth Rhythm

Gulf Gully

8, 66. 1 82, 455, 51 9, 540, 763, 1021, 1244, 1336 1253 1077 292 50~ 2317 308~ 31~ 313, 326, 327. 40u. 63 , 670, 600 316 1161 260. 5CJ7 126, 998 120, 121 750 1028, 1130 1130 7, 681, 1058, 1237 1034 211. 257, 258. 798, 799, ffll 56, 292, 295, 625, 665, 1009 257,501, 803, 845. 883.902

793 592 250, 252 355, 358, 359, 571, 801. 1076, 1255. 1269, 1318, 1322 355, 358, 359, 571, 801, 1076, 1255. 1269. 1318, 1322 53, 108, 1188, 1329 505, 525, 562, 810, 1105, 1106, 1177, 1251, 1310, 1344 201, 328, 330 174, 175, 648, 688 767, 768, 769 172,1127. 12CJ7 461,552, ffl5, 1184, 1226, 1329 43.75, 162, 344, 351, 376, 389, 459. 460.556,559.668,748,761,785. 816, ffl2. 923, 1018, 1092, 1096, 1106, 1214, 1361, 1366 29, 101, 123. 124. 125. 144, 147, 167, 194, 204, 206, 220, 241, 242, 243, 245,247,261, 263, 330. 337. 391. 406, 459, 463, 466, 467, 468, 471, 493, 494, 495. 496, 541, 584, 589, 607. 620, 658, 660, 684, 702, 727. 728, 729, 730, 731, 737, 738, 009. 844. 263, ffl5. 903, 932, 935, 950, 955,1005,1008,1093,1101,1152, 1153,1158, 1159, 1160.1191, 1192, 1205, 1207, 1226, 1242, 1243, 1259. 1 27 0, 127 4 , 1 282. 1 285 , 1372 206, 261, 337, 728, 729. 730, 932, 935,950,955,1093.1282,1285

1355 840

Page 128: A TlA 0 BIBll

Gyrinidae Habitat(s)

Hakkoda Halifax Hame Hampshire Hants Co. Harva rd Pond Harvestmen Hautes-Fagnes Hawley Lake Heat Hea the s), Heide

Heath Plant(s) Heath Vegetation Heavy HetalC s)

Height Helobiome Hemiotera Heteroptera Heterotrophic Histology Historical, Histories, History

Histosols

Hohem·lachstum Hollo\\T( s), (Schlenkenb ildung) Holocellulose Holocene Horizon(s) Hudson Bay

Hull· Human Human Activity Humates Humic Acid(s), Humic-Fulvic Acids,

Humic t-laterials. Humic Components. Humic Substances, Humus-like Substances

Humidity Humification, (Vertorfungsgrad)

Hummel Knowe Moss Hummock(s) Humosen. Humus,

Humusuntersuchungen Humus Layer Hydraulic Conductivity,

(Durchlassigkeit, Leitfahigkeit Wasserdurchlass)

281 30,38,200,206,274,297.326, 475,531,580,608.643,692,705, 76 8, 11 47, 1 227 1057, 1365 479 6, 727 689 525 1201 759 1245 1122 90 52, 53, 54, 56, 59, 59, 537, 736, 81 9, 1045 52, 53, 54. 56 537, 1045 176.409,514,515.571,619,266, 917. 928, 929, 935, 936, 956. 981, 1051, 1052, 1252, 1318, 1364 727, 728, 1339 1317 279.281.1337. 1338 279 711, 1220 9 97,257, 393, 418, 504, 505. 534, 710,826,885,1164.1266 67,117,743, 1221, 1222, 1223, 1232 1053 . 7, 214, 917, 1058, 1298 908 252, 602, 1372 757, 1074 275, 276, 609, 939, 940, 112'-1340 88, 495, 496,728 41, 4 as, 823, 1203 41, 4ffi, 823. 1203 1117, 1176 230, 234, 320, 331, 428, 433,681, 888. 96 3. 977, 978, 997, 1077, 1117 1202. 1346

199 3, 628, 657, 675, .,1077, 1078. 1079,1107,1174,1258,1345,1345, 1346 244 366.727,728, 917. 1298 3 ff7. 780, 1064, 1123, 1346

780, 1123 134,289.344,360, 910, 1081, 1082. 1327

Page 129: A TlA 0 BIBll

Hydrocarbons Hydrogen Hydrogeologic, Hydrogeology Hydrogen ionCs) HydrOf!:ra phische Hydrologic t Hydrological,

HydrologlSch, Hydrologische Hydrologischen, Hydrologischer, Hydrologiska

Hydrology, CBodenhydrologie Gidrol, Gidrolo~ichesko, Gidrologiya, Hydrologie, Hydrologisch, l'1oorhydrologie, Wasserkreislauf, Wasser­verh~ltnisse, Wasservertheilung)

Hydrometeorology, CGidrometeorologicheskikh)

Hydronium Hydrophysics, CGidrofizicheskie) Hydroseres Hydrostatic Hydroxyl IBP Iceland Illinois Impact Impregnation Improve, Improved, Imorovement Increment Incubation IndicatorCs), Indikatoreigens Industrial Infiltration Initiation Inorganic Input InsectCs) Instrument Inter8ctions Interception Interstitial 1;]aterCs) Intertidal Intracellular Organisms Inuvik Inventories, Inventory InvertebrateCs) IonCs), Ionic

Ion Binding Ionic Composition Content, Ion Transport, Ionetransoort Ireland, Irish

Iron

230, 688, 801 82. 11 8, 367. 368 803, 1105 118 343 42,46, 129, 140. 141,345

4 350.

355, 356, 357. 361, 390, 4 2.611, 828, 872, 880, 883, 1034, 1187

42, 45, 71, 78, 139, 202, 230, 267, 345, 349, 350. 353, 356, 357. 457, 519, 590, 593, 598, 626, 775, 873, 882, 883, 1034, 1049. 1129, 1212, 1289

24

173 1031, 1032 1310 273 1078 328 694 716, 803 109. 291, 1007 398 453, 623. 644, 1012, 1271 366 634 422, 604, 747, 810, 919. 1314, 1318 420 . 946, 1018 821, 822, 823 19, 128,396,441, 460, 463 280, 450, 627 808, 1004, 1007 1173 826 493 177 1012 498 103 275, 779, 1257 369, 854 14,81,118,163,197,237,438, 490, 769, 961, 1280, 1345 118 ~

961 1200 162, 163 63, 86, 105, 120, 202, 281, 313, 328, 330, 426. 815, 818, 1156, 1311, 1316 474, 620, 672, 875,984, 1097. 1262, 1273

Page 130: A TlA 0 BIBll

Isolates Isolation Isotope(s) Itasca Jack Pine James Bay, Baie James Japan Kansallispuisto Kasmiere Lake Kerry Kettle-Hole Kevo Killakee l'lountain Kinetics Kinoje Lakes Kirip;amine Kolebaniya Komosse Koniq;smoor Kopparbergs Lan Korkeuska Kuskokwim River Kwalo Koivasso Bog Laaviosuo Labrador Lake Agassiz Lake States Lancashire Land Use (LandnUtzung) Landforms Landscape Lapland Laurentian Shield Laurentides Layering Layers Leached, Leachin~ Lead, (Pb)

Lead Accumulation Lead Deposition Leaf, Leaves

Lesotho Lichen(s)

Life History (ies) Light Lignin Lille Lime. Liminp; Limestone Limit(s). Limitation(s), Limiting

325 438 199.392,544.1140,1351 193, 713 506 107, 321, 793. 940, 962. 976, 1115 901, 1193 380 258 122 640 640 308 8, 197, 1336 609 1194 24 611, 894 351 742 1053 332 644 972 729 15, 413, 414, 532 562. 1105, 1106, 1359 140, 142 316, 317 1185,1315 1367 412. 414, 505, 564 417, 1061 974 434 1169 148. 591, 813 127,543,544 5, 196, 197. 366, 673, 704, 710, 735. 924, 930, 933. 1113 704 5 304,311, 1005, 1007, 1008, 1099, 1100, 1180 1278 384, 570, 639, 640, 642. 659, 660. 693, 704, 705, 706, 707, 709, 797. 836, 864, 265, 266, 867, 922, 924, 981. 982, 1017, 1262, 1335 gr, 393, 1164 159, 282, 493 385 436 600, 634, 837 459. 460 245, 462, 466, 467. 468, 521. 747, 748, 792, 1074, 1270, 1367

Page 131: A TlA 0 BIBll

Linuron Linyphidae Lipids Literature Litter, Litterfall

Litter Accumulation Litter Bag(s) Litter Decomposition Llyn Loch(s) London Longevity Loss, Losses Lublin Luft Lumbricidae Lycosid Lysimeter Hacerals Hackenzie Valley Hacrofossil(s), Makrofossilien Hacroinvertebrate Hadison Magellanes Magnesium, Mg Magnetic, Magnetism Mahoosuc Maine

Malham Mammals Management Mangrove Hanitoba Map(s), Mapping (Jordartskarta) Haritime Provinces Marsh, Marshes

Massachusetts Mason Fen Mat Headow Mer Bleu Hercury Metabolic, Hetabolism,

Hetabolizing Metal(s), Metallic,

Metallkonzentrationen

Hetal Deposition Meteorological, Meteorology Methane Methanogenesis, Hethanogens

838 2Z7 645, 646 752, 791 1 81, 1 83, 302, 303) 304) 312, 454, 545,701, 836, 1030, 1107, 1342 303 1342 302, 304, 312, 545, 701, 836, 1036 834 130, 1138 805 1008, 1099, 1100 339, 402, 609, 1Z75 149 882 1196 S70 Z73 256 1262 517 371 S73 964 633,663,1104-1131,474 758, 884, 885, 8S7, 1043, 1313 7S7 285, 292, 6Z7, 656, 7S7, 862, S71, 899, 1308, 1354, 1355, 1356, 1357 268 12Z7 358, 455, 1001 255, 256 51, 258, 9Z7, 1010, 1011, 1367, 1368 209, 742, 845, 939, 1217 956 8, 141, 252, 419, 443, 524, 841, 1006, 1336 653, 1080 370 194, 577, 578, 713 31, 330 624 207, 762, 1112 399, 684, 6S7, 763, 959, 1218, 1221

4,81,118,176,210,320,409, 440, 449, 450, 514, 515, 571, 619, 6Z7, 866,917, 921, 922, 925, 928, 929, 935, 936, 937, 938, 956, 981, 982, 9Cf{, 1044, 1051, 1052, 10Cf{, 1117, 1215, 1252, 1318, 1364 4, 1052 24 48, 540, 11Cf{, 1198 49, 5ffi

Page 132: A TlA 0 BIBll

Method(s), l'tethoden, Hetody, (Procedure(s), Techniaue(s»

Michigan

Microbial Activity (ies) ~1icroclimate. (Kleinklimatisch,

Mikroklima)

Hicro-elements ~iicrocommuni ties Hicrocosms Hicroelements Microfauna Microflora, Mikrobiologie,

Mikrobiologisch, l'licroorganisms

t'licrohabi tats l,ticronutrients t'iicropollutants ['Iicroscopy i1icrotome l'iicrotopop:raphy lviikromorphologische Hiles Rough Bog Hillennium Hineral

IhneralbOden ~lineral Composition, ~1ineral

Content, l'1ineral Element( s) • Hineral Hatter, Mineral Hatter

Mineralization Mineral Nutrition, Mineral

Supply, i'lineral Uptake Mineralogy, Hinerals Minerotrophic t1innesota

Mire Complex, tvloorkemplexen, Myrkomplexen(es), l'1yrkomplexet

Hite(s) Mitteleurop~isc, Mitteleuropas Hoat Hobility, Mobilization Hodel( s) l"loisture

72, 116, 141, lffi, 241, 244, 254, 300, 365, 527. 602,711, 746,763, 775, 781, 850. 858, ffi8. 941. 989, 1031, 1063. 1064. 1075, 1143, 1151. 1171, 1174, 1249. 1256, 1271, 1302, 1307, 1342 1347 432, 563, 671, 691, 1087, 1089, lOgo, 1091, 1092, 1104, 1298 430, 792, 1218, 1219, 1223, 1231 166, 206, 352, 1072

166, 206. 352. 1072 699 577 304 699 702, 1165 91, 198, 401, 404, 465, 576, 644, 661, 684, 6ffi, 711, 817, ffi8, 941

613, 1168 1202 438. 741 57 4 , 1 003, 11 80 253, 812 884, 1287 983 765 4 18, 116, J17, 185, 282, 431, 459, 460, 461. 462, 463, 4ffi, 634, 772. 849, 004, 927, 1002, 1003, 1099, 11 00, 11 90, 11 92 335 1 8, 117, 1 85, 2 84, 431, 459 , 46 0 , 462, 463, 4ffi, T(2, 927, 1002, 1003, 1100 520, 755, 1232, 1349 461, ffi4, 1099, 1100, 1192

117, 280, 39), 1071 38, 70, 371 20,75,78, 117, 190, 194,200, 265, 396, 445, 446, 447, 508, 512, 601,643,682,713,778,779,785, 791. 814, 927. 979. 1013, 1014, 1015,1106,1200,1243, 12ffi, 1291, 1319 153, 414, 849

113, 114, 116 335, 517,650 193 627. 635, 651, 1362 60, 243, 472, 494, 592, 940, 1336 74. 402, 607, 642, 1223, 1239, 1260, 1301

Page 133: A TlA 0 BIBll

Mollusca. Molluscan Honi tor( s), Moni toring /'1onoliths. (Torvmonolither) Monosaccharide Montane Nont Tremblant Hoorbooen(s), Moorprofil

Moorbooenproben Moor House

Moorpflanzen, Moorvegetation t100rschutz ~loortypen

Moose River Morpho. Morphological, l'1orpholop-:y Mortality Hoss Bags. (Peat Bags) Hoss(es), /'1osselementen.

t-!oospflanze. /Vlosstyper

Host-probable-number Technique Moths Nountain(s)

Multivariate Hunsary Dubh Lochs l'1ycobacteria Mycorrhiza Myrjord Myrtyoer Nature Reserve(s). Natural

Area(s) Nearshore Nedvasking Needles Nematode(s) Nevin Newfoundland NeVI York New Zealand Niches Nickel Nitrate Nitrification, Nitrifier Nitrogen Budget, Nitrogen

Balance, Nitrogen Economy Nitrogenase Nitrogen Cycling, Nitrogen

Mineralization, Nitrogen Mobilization, Nitrogen RecyclinR

716, 1177 450, 764, 1228 162, 533 839 552, 844 974 44, 65, 360. 575, 1018, 1085. 1327 1083 113, 227 9 228, 269, 340, 4779 497, 531, 553, 854, 11 96, 1337 374 , 397, 807, 11 82 349, 350 650 585 285, 457, 532, 721, 1134, 1331 1087, 1 089 , 1100 764, 1228 11,37,38.70, 80, 84. 104,204, 206. 224. 225, 226. 244, 246, 261. 317, 366, 388, 409, 422, 449, 498. 504. 505, 514, 639, 646, 661, 689, 717,719,727,737,759,760,764, 779, 810, 826, 860, 896. 908, 921, 924, 928, 931, 935, 987, 988, 1051, 1116, 1131, 1132. 1195, 1212, 1228, 1235, 1247, 1266 309 760 308, 689, 817, 892, 1024, 1057, 1187, 1365 431, 614. 708. 982 1138 654, 655 9 544 166 113, 125. 126, 131, 277, 228, 269, 340, 456 230 543, 544 924 50, 106 873 966, 967, 968, 969, 1154, 1331 1161 1184 614 1262 39, 173, 980, 1233, 1234 1220, 1366 64. 568, 1056, 1163. 1325

498. 1321 520, 635, 651, 755, 1035, 1136, 1232, 1277, 1349

Page 134: A TlA 0 BIBll

Nitrogen Fixation, Dinitrogen

Nitrogen Transformation(s) Nodulated, Nodules Nordamerikanska Norddeutschland, Nordeutscher,

Nordwestdeutsch Nordfinnische, Nordfinnischen North Black River Peatland North Carolina Northumberland Norway, Norwegian

Nova Scotia(n) Nuclear Numerical Numerical Methods Nutrient(s), (Macronutrient,

Naeringsstofer, Naeringsstudier, Nutritifs)

Nutrient Availability Nutrient Budget(s) Nutrient Concentration(s),

Nutrient Content(s), Nutrient Status

Nutrient Cycling, Nutrient Dynamics, Nutrient Exchanges, Nutrient Fluxes. Nutrient Turnover, Nutrient Uptake

Nutrient Flow, Nutrient Yields Nutrient Requirements, Nutrient

Deficiency, Nutrient Limitation(s)

Nutrition, Nutzung 0181016 Ratio Okefenokee

Oligochaeta Oligotrophic Ombrogenen, Ombrophilous,

Ombrotrophic

Ontario

13,69,70, 107, 146,223,324, 499, 500, 570, 640, 689, 1088, 1320, 1324, 1325 1231 146, 147, 1088 896 45, 904, 1182, 1326

374, 1046 445 1021 224, 225, 226 161, 163, 165, 168, 172, 173, 526, 596, 1130 208, 479, 525, 719, 891, 892a 891, 892 113, 244, 1151 244

169, 170, 171 , 655, 741, 955,

861, ar9

9, 31, 32, 37, 38, 68, 99, 113, 121, 128, 167, 181, 183,204,217, 220, 221, 222, 244, 272, 309, 329, 360,418,437,454,459, 460, 462, 463,521,541,544,574,607,618, 711, 736, 740, 772, 792, 821, 891, 892, 911, 918, 920, 922, 923, 931, 96 8, 988, 1015, 1023, 1069, 10ar, 1090, 1095, 1096, 1099, 1100, 1101, 1136, 1151, 1175, 1189, 1190, 1213, 1214,1242,1210, 12ffi, 1290, 1291, 1331 792, 1189 221 31,454, 61S, 931, 968,1090, 1190, 1331

183, 220, 217, 222, 618, 736, 1015, 1023, 1069, 1213

1286, 1291 9, 521, 1210

128, 204, 360, 1099, 1100 179 210, 213, 250, 252, 257, 440, 1 069 , 1 070 , 1 071 949, 1164, 1166 30, 319, 1285, 1317 4, 5, 38, 58, 223, 293, 296, 311, 758, 849, 886, sar, 921, 922, 923,929,957, 1035, 1054, 1056, 1198, 1259, 1347 107, 216, 290, 585, 607, 608, 659, 721,921,947,1094,1107,1115, 1122, 1125, 1169, 1229, 1230, 1262

Page 135: A TlA 0 BIBll

Ordination Oregon Organic. Organo, Organogener Organic Acid(s) Organic Carbon Organic Matter

Organic Nutrition Organic Substances, Organic

Complexes, Organic Components Organs Origines)

Otaniemi Ottawa Output Overland FloH Overstory Overstory Removal Overwintering Oxidation, Oxide(s), Oxidizing

Oxycocco-Sohagnetum Oxygen

Oxygen Diffusion PaCific Paleo. Paleoecological.

Paleoecology Paleoclimatic Paleoenvironment Paleohydrologic Paleohygrometer Paleontology Palsas Paludified. Paludification Palynology Paper Parasitizing Parathion Particles, Particulate Pathway(s) Pattern(s), Patterned

Pb(II) Pb-210 Peat Accumulation, Peat Growth

Peat Formation Peatland Development, Development

of Peatlands Peat Sampler(s) Peat Testing, (Testing of Peats)

235, 934 148 77 1097 156, 440 191, 212. 307, 472, 551. 554. 555, 571, 644~ 072. 713, 714, 777, 788, 1077, 1080, 1222, 1224, 1276, 1345 204 784, 851, 926, 1176. 1307

405 11. 18,56,212,213,238.255, 256, 415. 476, 526. 825, 826, 1 066, 1201, 1268 137 624 280 626 188, 189 188, 189 1005, 1008 26, 27, 177. 745. 951, 1043. 1222. 1234 294 27. 144, 199, 368, 392, 1097, 1191 27 8CJ7, 898, 1027 57, 102,252. 509, 526,777, 810 1068 254 94, 95 392 716 658, 1061. 1062, 1368 700, 935 58 1269 50 465 230, 758, 884, 885, 887 64, 1233 130,218,292,295,328,414,415, 445, 446, 447, 563,612,615,660, 830, 954, 957, 1106, 1124. 1132, 1138, 1209, 1251,1299, 1355 673 5, 366, 8ffi 123, 246. 337, 388, 588, 777, ffi3, 1093 3,249,698,784, 000, 821, 1251 295, 336, 847, 1249

623, 1238, 1249, 1257 306

Page 136: A TlA 0 BIBll

Pectin Penetration Pennine(s)

Percolator Period Periodicity Permafrost Persistence Petersham Petrography, Petrology Pflanzengeographischen Pflanzen~esellschaften pH

pH Determination Phenolic, Phenols Phenological Phenotypic' Phosphatase Phosphate(s), Phosphorus

Photogrammetric. Photogrammetry Photosynthate, Photosynthesis,

Photosynthetic, Photosynthetica

Photosynthetic Bacteria Physical, Physics, Physikalische

Physical Property(ies), Physical Characteristics, Physical Conditions

Physical Chemistry Physico, Physicochemical Physiop.;nomy Physiographic Physiological. Physiology

Phytogeographical, Phytogeography. (Fitogeografia)

Phytomass Phytosociolop;ic Phytotoxicity Pine

Pingo Pipeflo\.-l Pipeline Pipes Piping Piston

676 488 247, 266, 200. 410, 549, 854, 1000,1196,1208.1209.1210,1211. 1212, 1338

~~~, 006 338 191,732, 975. 1131, 1367 1043 1201 252, 254 12 318, 1086 146, 169, 170, 240, 307, 425. 604. 740, 850, 87 4. 1063. 1104, 1171 1063. 1171 416,1078 844 1132 796 30, 61. 177, 218. 219, 222. 320. 339,365, 433, 466. 467.561,578, 629,630,631,632,671.672,943, 944,1054,1055,1098,1104,1264, 1 27 3, 1 285 , 131 9, 1362 1034, 1185 99,200.493,495.496,612.613. 639, 645,706,707, 1132, 1136, 1247 200 15, 135, 136, 346, 347, 394. 426, 457, 504, 535, 679, 721, 7'67, 990, 1025,1050,1092.1170,1302,1303. 1315 15, 135, 136, 394, 426. 535. 7'67. 990,1025,1050,1092,1170,1303

1302 866. 963. 1281, 1303 1115 332, 940 310, 325, 400, 493, 494, 495, 496, 497, 595, 709, 981, 1205 12, 334, 964, 1278

305, 1102 235, 969 865 167, 506. 644, 924, 994, 1265. 1284, 1292 534 442 1160 442 622 1360

Page 137: A TlA 0 BIBll

Plant Community(ies)

Plant Distribution Plant Growth

Plateau, Plateaus, Plateaux Plynlimon Po Pocosin(s) Podzol Poland, Polen, Poles, Polesie

Polessie, Polish Pollen. Pollination, Pollinators

Pollutants, Pollution Polycholorinated Biphenyls, PCB Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons Polyphenols Polyurethane Pond PooHs)

Pool Formation Population(s)

Population Dynamics Pore, Porous Porositat Postglacial Potassium, (Kalium), K Power Plant(s) Precipitation

Precipitation Chemistry Prehistoric Preservation Pressure Primary Productin. Primary

Productivity

Probe Producing, Production,

Productive, Productivity

Profile(s)

Protease Protection Protonemata Protons Protozoa

111,284,303,682,805,816,951. 952, 1151 590, 683 263, 466. 467, 468, 620, 844, 1101, 1270 2gr, 658, 1368 859 21 215, 232, 1020, 1021, 1022 576 90, 513, 514, 587, 678, 881, 1363 266,508,525,534,739.815,826, 879,898,1004,1208 2 f51, 422. 513, 51 4. 710, 764, 885 423 688, 801 837 725 510, 511, 1201, 1312 125,129.131,192,291,338,806 826,830,954,1279.1280.1281 129 11 4 , 1 80, 26 1, 262, 406. 530 • 6 00 • 614, 737. 843, 905, 1168, 1220, . 1306, 1338 261, 1338 546, 1301 882 419. 879. 1229. 1230, 1359 462, 543, 633. 663, 1104, 1362 176, 409 162, 280, 424, 425, 438. 693, 706 741, 842, 984, 1290 693, 842 822, 823 533, 1358 1133 gr, 110, 182. 330, 858, f518. 893, 1006, 1010, 1011. 1019, 1141, 1330, 1341 999, 1261 80, 88, gr, 110, 182, 189, 246. 253, 330, 336, 371. 398, 410. 411, 448, 454, 493, 495, 496, 4W, 521, 522. 588, 621, 731. 737, 795, 858, f518, 893, 918, W9, 1006, 1009, 1010, 1011, 1019, 1063. 1103. 1131. 1141,1149, 1179, 1183. 11W, 1246. 1282,1283.1284,1330,1341 225, 285. 370, 394, 930, WO. 999, 1108.1170,1215.1272.1305,1308 733 63, 734, 1358 128 17 550

Page 138: A TlA 0 BIBll

Proximate Analysis Pu Public Pressure Puget Sound Pyrophosphate Quaternary Quebec

Radial Radiant. Radiation Radioactive, Radioaktive Radioactive Tracers Radiocarbon Radionuclides Radiowave Probe Rain, Rainfall, Rainwater,

(Nedbor, Niederschlags) Raised Bog(s), (Hogmossarnas),

Raised Peat. Raised Peatlands, Highbog(s), Highmoor. Hochmoor(e)(en)(es), Hochmoortypen

Recharge Reciprocal Averaging Reclaimed, Reclamation Reconstruction. Recreating Recovery, Renascence Recurrence Surfaces. Recurrence

Horizons, Grenzhorizont(es) Recycling Red Lake Peatland(s) Redox Reductase Reduction

n~generation

Reindeer Release Remains Remote Sensing Renewable Reproduce, Reproduction Reptiles Research Priorities Reserve(s)

Reservoirs Residues Resource(s)

942 8 Pi> 1133 1028 838, 1079 653 321, 434, 435, 532,721, 973, 974, 975, 976, 1094 194 187,522,1034 145, 481, 482, 544, 1140 145 321, 453, 904 155 1261 131, 162, 469, 490, 491, 523, 1269, 1279. 1200 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 21, 45, 45, 46, 91, 198, 214, 259, 285, 292, 316, 342,343,351.357,361.362.396. 429, 452, 501, 582, 595,614,676, 697, 712, 728, 730, 731, 778, 790, 798, 799, 815, ffi2, ffi9, 879, 894, 895, 899. 903. 904, 906. 912, 918, 920, 924, 937, 938, 1041, 1044. 1067,1073,1074, 10ffi, 1109. 1135, 1137, 1162, 1248, 1253, 1267, 1269, 1282, 1283, 1308, 1333, 1339, 1354 872 934 21, 330, 473,600 58, 254, 359, 419 103, 116, 359 1,2,317,451,617, ,(){9, 904

1136 446, 447, 508, 509, 527 307,523, 876. 999. 1272 900 27,119,745,951. 123t 1320, 1323 57. 357. 359, 537, 1250. 1255, 1267, 1309, 1311 7CJr, 922 173, ffi4, 944 321, 400, 649 51, 527 1254 691, 738, 829, 1205 643 700 113, 125, 126. 131. 277, 228, 269. 340, 456, 477, 531, 584, 854, 855. 1075. 1196, 1337 418 402 236,665,674,682,779,791.811,

Page 139: A TlA 0 BIBll

Respiration Response(s)

Resting Stage(s) Reticulee(s) Retranslocation Retrogressive Revegetation Rheotrophic Peat Rhizomes Rhizopod(s), Rhizopoda,

Rhizopoden Rhythm(s) Rice Ridge Ring(s) Ringinglow Bog Road. Roadside(s) Romania, Romanian Root(s), Rooting, (\Ilurzeln)

Root Production Roshultsmyren Rotifers Runoff Rusitunturin Rusland Moss Russian Ryggmossen St. Lav/rence Salts Sampler( s) Sampling Sand, SandbOden, Sandy Sarawal< Saskatchewan Satakunta Scandinavia Scania Schutzzonen Scotland, Scots, Scottish,

Schottland Sea Seasonal, Seasonally

Section(s), Sectioning

Sedge(s) Sediment(s), Sedimentary.

Sedimentation, Sedimente

Seed Seedling Seeklima

1254, 1340 101, 402 52,84,111.463, ffi5, 1020, 1101, 1132 83 ~i§' 962

723 1203 1321 524 268, 516, 547, 548, 550, 1248

264, 729 943 830, 1161 1230, 1351 151 1060,1160,1214,1252 259, 957 26, 101, 144, 145, 146, 147, 282, 524,782, 1084, 1088, 1103, 1191, 1199 1103 883 1312 77, 583, f576, 1029, 1059 380 316. 317 22, 7 1, 6 49, 113 4 334 976 000 623, 1012, 1238, 1249, 1257, 1360 177. 002, 1284, 1328 363, 3f57, 1161 16 604, 605, 606, 1367, 1368 6 319, 695, 1052 846, 847 356 55, 126, 150, 167, 584, 005, 826, 950, 998, 1138, 1156, 11 85 653 24, 96, 114, 17 0, 219, 227, 302, 369, 439, 550, 612, 645, 748, 767, 1132, 1242 253, 379, 398, 464, 756, 758, 812, 8f57 96, W, 189, 713. 720, 754, 1024 177, 230, 250. 255, 256, 488, 518, 688, 002, 944, 9W, 1043, 1112, 1234, 1313, 1360 108 1188 342

Page 140: A TlA 0 BIBll

Selected, Selection, Selective, Selektive

Senescent Seney Sessile Settlement Sewa~e Shade Shape Sheffield Shoot Shropshire Shrub(s)

Siberia Sierra Nevada Si!!ny Island Silver

Silver Flowe Silver Rod Hethod Simulated, Simulating, Simulation Sink(s) Site Index, Site Quality Skagershultsmos Skye Sloping Snow Sodium, (Na) Soil(s) Soil Fauna, Soil Animals. Soil

Microfauna Soil l-1oisture Soil Organisms Solifluktion Soligenous Solubility, Soluble Solution(s) Sorlandet Sorotion Species

Specific Conductivity , Spectra

Spectrophotometric Sphagna, Sphagnen, Sphaiges,

Sfagnovykh (Sphagnum, see below)

Sphagnetum Soiders Spitzbergen Spodosols Spores Spring

14, 81. 150, 3&, 456, 673, 839, 1155 645 563 1312 4&5 1244 1008 592 151 1009 1116 55,189.215,512,618,725,728, 731, 1005, 1109, 1070, 1071, 1099, 1292 853, 1317 369, 370, 371 47 125, 126, 129, 130. 131, 584, 746, 998 125, 126, 129. 130, 131, 584, 998 746 419,621,706,1183,1336,1348 100, 827. 920 747, 947. 131 9 40 102 380 72, 376 633. 663 130 701,790, 994, 1167, 1292

74, 1223 812 1263 805 571, 750, 851. 1 079 85,1079 163 82 , 1 96. 3 &. 944, 1051 30, 38, 108, 391, 580, 584, 619, 682,691.736, 844, &5.918, 919, 923, 929, 935, 955, 980, 1161, 1183, 1193, 1195, 1285. 1298, 1337 489. 769 508 441 24. 434, 579, 580, 624, 903, 916. 1030, 1041

294 228, 759, &0 375 850 1206 1237

Page 141: A TlA 0 BIBll

Sr Stable Isotope(s) Standing Crop Stages Starnberger Stechzylinderpr Stem Stem-flow Steppe Stimulating Stomatal Storage Stordalen Stormyr Strata, Stratigraphic, Strati­

graphical. Stratigraphie, Stratigraphy

Stream Streamflow Strength Stressed String, Strange

String Bog(s) String Formation Structural, Structure

Subalpine Sub a rctic, Suba rctiaue

Submerged Subsidence Substrate(s) Succession(s) Sudbury Sudfinnischen Sulfate, Sulphate Sulfide, Sulphides Sulfur, Sulphur

Sulfuric Acid, (Schwefelwassers) Survival Susceptibili ty Sutherland Svartrrran S\</8n Hills Sweden, Schwedischen, Svensk,

Sverige, S\<ledish

Synecologique Taiga Takadayachi Moor Taxonomique, Taxonomy Temperature(s), (Oberflachentemp,

Temperaturregul)

CJ{O 392. 1351 1328 83, 1062 516 1082 725 183 00 687 52 132, 133, 156, 801 92, 1050, 1149, 1151, 1152, 1153 774 57.58,224,266,452.602, 826, 846.856, frf9. 898, gOO. 972. 1138, 1200,1248,1255,1296. 1309. 1311 615 1286, 1288 536 627 404. 415. 563, 569. 670. 1066. 1067. 1237 404,415.563.569,670.1066.1237 1067 16,55. 12g. 232. 284, 301.383. 410, 511, 698, 794, 957. g8g, 1014, 1037. 1069, 1134. 1181 6 89, 690, 7 87 32. 321, 406. 499, 532. 580. 613. 683,705, 1016. 1017, 1035, 1047. 111 4, 11 50, 11 97. 11 98, 1370 14, 971 1363 1190, 1191 561,1127 1262 373 119, 164, 173 14, 441, 1271 163.212,213,391,572,673, 865, 866. 937, 956, 1262. 1279 91 405, 702 755, 875 953 541 1299 40, 333, 501, 618, 655, 767, 768, 769. 846. 847, 848, 86 9 , 883. 111 9. 1120 • 1123. 1145, 1146, 1147, 1148, 1255, 1333 464 219. 1132 1057, 1365 464, 804 162, 190, 199. 220. 402, 417,635. 1027, 1073. 1144

Page 142: A TlA 0 BIBll

Temperate Zone(s) Terminologie, Terminology Terrain Testacea, Testate Thallus Thatch-Line Thaw, Thawing Thermal, Thermophysical Thermal Regime Thermoanalytical Thermodynamic Thermophilic Thoreau's Bog Throughfall Tidal Till Tillers Timing Tipulidae Tissue(s) Tolerance Topography Trace Element(s), Trace f'1etal(s),

(Schwermetallen) Tracers Transfer Transformation(s) Transition(s) Transmission Transpiration Transport Transuranic Elements Tree(s), Treed

Treeless Tree Hortality Tree Ring(s) Tregaron Moss Trends Tritium, Tritiated Trondelag Trophic Tropical Trout Tundra

Turnover Tussock

Ukrainian Ungava United States

94, 95, 346, 347, 647 518, 591 20 8, 563, 1171, 117 9 , 1 31 4 , 131 5 268, 547, 548, 550 642 1058 1055, 1190, 1237 300, 363, 889, 946, 1350 190,889,1350 996 652 686 567, 568 183 524 742 393 1100 269 31, 256 1113 250 571, 922, 923, 925, 937, 1108, 131 8

145 1301 755, 943 576, 1022 594, 1048 620, 1182 163, 438, 772 538 321, 513, 569, 761, 782, 1087, 1115, 1230, 1351 1246, 1295 1087, 1089 1230,1351 452, 1266 296 8, 488, 668, 1336 526, 542 753, 914 1296 1024 13, 61, 64, 100 , 101, 110 , 112 , 1 84, 217,218,221,222,329,382,393, 400, 402, 407, 408, 500, 521, 555, 618, 619, 708, 733, 789, 811, 844, 913, 1036, 1037, 1049, 1050, 1101, 1102, 1003, 1129, 1130, 1160, 1183, 1195, 1270, 1277, 1330 BO, 163, 1103, 1149, 1213 218,220,733,789,844,1102, 1330 160, 1363 15 274, 490, 515, 540, 704, 1358

Page 143: A TlA 0 BIBll

Uppsala Uptake

Uraniferous Uronic Acid USSR, (Soviet, SSSR) Utilization

Vaasa Values Vapor Varmehusholdnin Varrassuo Vascular Vegetation, Vegetational

Vegetative Reproduction Vermont Vessiuganiya Steppe Vilppula Virginia Vitality Vlagoemosti Vliyaniem Vodnogo Volo Bog Von Post Wales \,Jastewater Hater(s)

334 30. 6 9 , 217. 460 , 46 1, 620. 7 36 • ffi4, 987, 10% 258 669 22,152,153.154,5%,625,855,970 217. 348. 355. 421, 682, 811. 967. 1047, 1285 845 507.740.872.1019.1253 82 166 1248 612, 1183 40, 59, 75, 102, 122, 166, 171. 224. 232, 292. 297, 300a. 301.330,340. 375, 403, 410, 414, 434, 436, 439, 445, 447, 450, 475, 504, 508, 522, 527, 534, 537, 558, 601, 605. 606. 607, 608, 624, 638. 655, 682. 723, 724. 726, 736. 749, 767. 768, 769. 781. 787. 820, 834. 835. 841, 847. ffi 1, 884 , 894, 8gr, 899, goO, 906.

'912, 913, 934, 958, 961, 975. 1010. 1045, 1057, 1089, 1090, 1091. 1115, 111 9, 1120, 1144, 11 45 , 11 46, 1147, 1148. 1245, 1266, 1278, 12g{', 1299, 1318, 1326, 1331, 1344. 1355, 1365 691 893 80 644 284, 816, 1200, 1341, 1344 1160 502 24 1031 003 264,1107,1174 67, 442. 534. 821, 822 186 27, 52. 53, 54 • 7 5, 7 9 , 82 • 85 , 90, 119. 132, 133. 137, 138, 139, 142, 143, 144. 162, 165, 169, 172. 177, 210, 215, 226, 236, 259, 279, 290, 300, 323. 358, 389, 404, 440, 447, 477, 478, 479, 483, 487. 489, 492, 502,546,556,559,566,578,583, 594, 604, 652, 659, '668. 675, 692. 696, 6gr, 711. 748, 769, 783, 785, 7 ffi, 802, 837, 851, 876, 882, 888, 910,931.946.961,988,995.1012. 1019, 1028, 1045, 1048, 1050, 1059. 1071, 1087, 1089. 1092, 1 OW, 1106, 1120, 1137, 1140, 1143, 1144, 1157, 1189, 1240. 1247. 1259. 1200. 1281, 1287, 1291, 1295. 1349, 1361, 1366

Page 144: A TlA 0 BIBll

Hater Balance, Water Budget, \'later Economy, Hater Regime, Hydrologic Balance, Hydrologic Budget, Hydrologic Regime, (Wasserbilanz, Hasserregulierung)

46,90,139,323,361,583,712, 995, 1143, 1144, 1295, 1334

\rJater Chemistry, Water Analyses 163, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173. 404, Hater Composition, Water 447,696,697, 931, 946, 1045. 1059, Quality, (Hydrochemical. 1157, 1200 Hydrochemistry, Vannkjemiske)

Water Content, (Wasserhaushalt) Hater-holding Capacity, Hater

Capacity, Water Storage Waterlogged, Waterlogging Water Hovement, (Hasserbewegung,

\-lasserverteilung, Haterflow, Abfluss, Abflussregime)

Hater Management vlater Relations Hater Retention Hatershed(s) Hater Table, \~ater Level(s)

Waubesa Harsh Helsh Hest Virginia Hestern Head Bog Hestmorland Hestsibiriens Wetland Formation Hhixall Moss Hildlife Hind \hnter 1tIisconsin Hood Woodland Wybunbury Hoss Hyoming Yeasts Yield(s) Ylikiiminki Yorkshire Zemnogo Zinc, Zn Zone(s), Zonation,

Zooplankton

Acarina Andromeda poljfolia Bacillus subtilis Call una Calluna vulgaris Carex

Zonen

Chamaedaphne calvculata

397, 546, 559. 675, 903 132, 133, 502, 988, 1240

26, 28, 365, 471, 475. 523, 620, 943 173,341,362,599,890,1140.1157

358 53,54,215,226,659,7'00,1137.1247 910 76,77,627. 891. 12ffi, 1291 27, 79. 137, 138, 144, 165, 290, 556, 559,604,668,748,783, 1045, 1087, 1089, 1287, 1349, 1361, 1366 419 834 300a 297 113, 227, 228, 269, 531. 1337 856 419 1266 274, 791 188, 1304 83, 374, 1146 231,235 1016 200, 659, 836, 1017, 1051 84, 504, 505 1180, 1187 47 1257, 1261, 1280 1095 268, 992 648 197, 320, 735. 924, 933 91. 94, 95, 156, 276, 346, 347. 348. 379, 647, 689, 713, 1298. 1340 962

113, 115 406, 407,730 229 59,472.493,494,1226 88, 495, 496. 728 30, 31, 1285 715, 1094

Page 145: A TlA 0 BIBll

Clad ina Cladonia Cladonia alpestris Cladonia arbuscula Cladonia mitis Cladonia rangiferica Cladonia stellaris Cladonia uncialis Cognettia spbagnetQrym E.'Dpetrum nigrum Erica cinerea Erica tetralix Eriopborum (Cotton Grass,

Cottongrass) Eriophorurn angustifQlium Eriopborum vagina tum

Escberichia ~ Oylocornium splendens Lzrix laricina Ledum Ledum palustre, Leduro

palustre yare decurnbeos byJ;.QS. pullata !:t;.~Qstele~ alDio\,Js l~~~ androsaceus tiQlirrLa caerulea .M':rica ~ Mvriophyllum Myrtillus NcrtheciuD osslfra~um NQ;)Qhilae~ lireatus NaQDoila~ excl~~tlQnis .Pb;a~mi tes ?icea, Spruce

?icea mariana Pinus contorta, Pinus

banksiana ?irata piraticus ?leurozium schrebeCl ?olytrichum ?olytrichum alpestre ?vrola Rhacomitrium lanugioosum Rkbus cbamaemorus Schoenus nigricans SD2rtina S;:hagnum

32, 705, 706, 707 709 32, 659, 660, 797, 1016 936, 1282 709, 936 660, 709, 1282 706, 707 709 702, 1168 84, 728, 1110 620 620 459, 460, 472, 1102, 1226, 1330

459, 460, 960 220, 393, 461, 462, 463, 471, 733, 844, 1213, 1329 229 206, 1051 1242, 1243 739 925, 1099, 1100

oro 1337 7·) 1 4.) 6, 4"{ 1 1 46, 1 47, 1085, 1 163 155 748 C09. 1163, 1191, 11~2 1538 133d 385 72, 96, 187, 1 a3, 5~ 1, 607, 616, 644, 659, 748, 754, 336, 935, 947, 1017, 1131, 1169, 1319, 1335 32,103,541,911,1016,1131,1169 144, 506

070 409, 738 155, 1195 261, 737 739 1204, 1205, 1207 408, 1054, 1056, 1226 123, 124, 1156, 115 d, 1159 573 17, 23, 24, 37, 38, 51, 69, 85, 96, 104, 125, 128, 155, 178, 196,223, 237. 23 (3, 239, 240, 241, 242, 246, 247, 248, 268, 272, 278, 311. 366, 385,391,413, 439,449,458, 464, ~Ef>, 493, 494,495, 496,498,503, 546, 5~o, 550, 577, 563. 584, 588, 589, 5~. 6i3. 645, 646, 654, 655,662,676,691, :'92, 694,695,720. 729. 750, 754, 779, 551, 000, 870, 903,

Page 146: A TlA 0 BIBll

Soha~num cuspidaturn Sphagnum fimbria tum Sphagnun fuscl1m Sphagnum jmbricatl1m Sphagnum inundatum Sphagnum magellanicl1m Sphagnum nemoreum Sphagnum papjllosum Sphagnum rjparjum Sphagnum rubellum Tomenthypnum njtens Umbjljcarja muhlenbergjj Vaccjnjllm llligjnosum Vaccjnjurn macrocarpon

917, 918, 921, 927, 928, 929, 930, 931, 933, 945, 955, 956, 958, 980, 987, 988, 1025, 1026, 1027, 1030, 1042, 1055. 1110, 1113, 1134, 1135, 1137, 1139, 1153, 1160, 1161,1193,1203.1206,1210,1235,1247, 1287, 1297, 1298, 1304, 1341, 1344, 1350 125, 128 1113 4ffi, 645, 729, 927, 930, 1055, 1110 503 272 128, 956, 1134 945 128 1153 247 206 ffi7 103 9

Page 147: A TlA 0 BIBll